WO2015056741A1 - Composition for forming cured film, alignment material, and retardation material - Google Patents

Composition for forming cured film, alignment material, and retardation material Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015056741A1
WO2015056741A1 PCT/JP2014/077546 JP2014077546W WO2015056741A1 WO 2015056741 A1 WO2015056741 A1 WO 2015056741A1 JP 2014077546 W JP2014077546 W JP 2014077546W WO 2015056741 A1 WO2015056741 A1 WO 2015056741A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
component
cured film
carbon atoms
alignment
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2014/077546
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
伊藤 潤
昇志郎 湯川
耕平 後藤
真 畑中
Original Assignee
日産化学工業株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日産化学工業株式会社 filed Critical 日産化学工業株式会社
Priority to CN201480056944.9A priority Critical patent/CN105659120B/en
Priority to KR1020167009844A priority patent/KR102333902B1/en
Priority to KR1020217012260A priority patent/KR20210049950A/en
Priority to JP2015542656A priority patent/JP6429030B2/en
Publication of WO2015056741A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015056741A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • G02F1/13378Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by treatment of the surface, e.g. embossing, rubbing or light irradiation
    • G02F1/133788Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by treatment of the surface, e.g. embossing, rubbing or light irradiation by light irradiation, e.g. linearly polarised light photo-polymerisation
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/44Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F212/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring
    • C08F212/02Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical
    • C08F212/04Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring
    • C08F212/06Hydrocarbons
    • C08F212/08Styrene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/04Acids; Metal salts or ammonium salts thereof
    • C08F220/06Acrylic acid; Methacrylic acid; Metal salts or ammonium salts thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • C08F220/12Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols
    • C08F220/14Methyl esters, e.g. methyl (meth)acrylate
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • C08F220/12Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols
    • C08F220/16Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols of phenols or of alcohols containing two or more carbon atoms
    • C08F220/18Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols of phenols or of alcohols containing two or more carbon atoms with acrylic or methacrylic acids
    • C08F220/1808C8-(meth)acrylate, e.g. isooctyl (meth)acrylate or 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3083Birefringent or phase retarding elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • G02F1/133711Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by organic films, e.g. polymeric films
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/52Amides or imides
    • C08F220/54Amides, e.g. N,N-dimethylacrylamide or N-isopropylacrylamide
    • C08F220/58Amides, e.g. N,N-dimethylacrylamide or N-isopropylacrylamide containing oxygen in addition to the carbonamido oxygen, e.g. N-methylolacrylamide, N-(meth)acryloylmorpholine

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a cured film forming composition, an alignment material, and a retardation material.
  • a right-eye image is visually recognized by an observer's right eye
  • a left-eye image is visually recognized by an observer's left eye, whereby a stereoscopic image can be displayed.
  • a retardation material is usually disposed on a display element such as a liquid crystal panel.
  • a retardation material a plurality of two kinds of retardation regions having different retardation characteristics are regularly arranged, and a patterned retardation material is formed.
  • a retardation material patterned so as to arrange a plurality of retardation regions having different retardation characteristics is referred to as a patterned retardation material.
  • the patterned retardation material can be produced, for example, by optically patterning a retardation material made of a polymerizable liquid crystal as disclosed in Patent Document 2.
  • Optical patterning of a retardation material made of a polymerizable liquid crystal utilizes a photo-alignment technique known for forming an alignment material for a liquid crystal panel. That is, a coating film made of a photo-alignment material is provided on a substrate, and two types of polarized light having different polarization directions are irradiated on the coating film. Then, a photo-alignment film is obtained as an alignment material in which two types of liquid crystal alignment regions having different liquid crystal alignment control directions are formed.
  • a solution-like retardation material containing a polymerizable liquid crystal is applied on the photo-alignment film to realize the alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal. Thereafter, the aligned polymerizable liquid crystal is cured to form a patterned retardation material.
  • acrylic resins and polyimide resins having photodimerization sites such as cinnamoyl groups and chalcone groups in the side chain are known as usable photo-alignment materials.
  • These resins have been reported to exhibit the ability to control the alignment of liquid crystals (hereinafter also referred to as liquid crystal alignment) by irradiation with polarized UV (see Patent Documents 3 to 5).
  • the patterned retardation material is configured by laminating a cured polymerizable liquid crystal layer on a photo-alignment film that is an alignment material.
  • the patterned phase difference material which has such a laminated structure can be used for the structure of 3D display with the laminated state.
  • the 3D display is sometimes used as a home television, and is required to have high reliability, particularly durability over a long period of time. For this reason, durability is also required for components of 3D displays. Accordingly, the patterned phase difference agent also has long-term durability as well as being subjected to optical patterning with high accuracy and having high light transmission characteristics.
  • the conventional patterned retardation material has a problem in the adhesion between the photo-alignment film and the polymerizable liquid crystal layer.
  • the photo-alignment film and the polymerizable liquid crystal layer it is easy to peel off from the initial stage of formation, or it is excellent in adhesiveness at the initial stage of formation, but the adhesiveness is likely to deteriorate with the passage of time and easily peel off. There was something to be.
  • peeling between the photo-alignment film and the polymerizable liquid crystal layer which occurs with the passage of time, becomes a defect in a 3D display that is actually used and causes the display quality of the 3D display to deteriorate.
  • a patterned phase difference material that is capable of high-precision optical patterning, has excellent light transmission characteristics, and has excellent durability.
  • adhesion between the photo-alignment film at the initial stage of formation and the polymerizable liquid crystal layer is excellent, and the durability for maintaining the excellent adhesion for a long period of time (hereinafter referred to as adhesion durability in the present specification).
  • adhesion durability hereinafter referred to as adhesion durability in the present specification.
  • a patterned retardation material comprising:
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a cured film forming composition suitable for forming a cured film having excellent liquid crystal orientation and light transmission characteristics and excellent adhesion durability.
  • a cured film forming composition suitable for forming a cured film having excellent liquid crystal orientation and light transmission characteristics and excellent adhesion durability.
  • it when it is used as an alignment material and a polymerizable liquid crystal layer is disposed thereon, it exhibits excellent liquid crystal alignment and light transmission properties, and has a long adhesion with the polymerizable liquid crystal layer.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide an alignment material that is excellent in liquid crystal alignment and light transmission characteristics and excellent in adhesion durability.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a retardation material capable of high-precision optical patterning and having excellent durability.
  • the first aspect of the present invention is: (A) a low orientation having a photo-alignment group and at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group and a group represented by the following formula (2) Polymer having molecular compound and photo-alignment group, and at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group and a group represented by the following formula (2) At least one selected from (Wherein R 62 represents an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a phenyl group.) (B) a polymer having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group and a group represented by the above formula (2); (C) a crosslinking agent, and (D)
  • the component (A) is a low molecular compound having a photoalignment group and a hydroxy group and / or a carboxyl group, and a polymer having a photoalignment group and a hydroxy group and / or a carboxyl group. It is preferable that it is 1 type chosen from.
  • the compound of (D) component is a compound which has a structure represented by following formula (1). (Wherein R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms),
  • the compound of (D) component is a compound which has a structure represented by following formula (X2).
  • R 51 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 53 is independently a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a divalent group consisting of an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms, or an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms. It represents a divalent aliphatic group containing, and an ether bond may be included in the structure of these groups.
  • R 54 is a divalent to nonvalent radical having a structure in which 1 to 8 hydrogen atoms are further removed from a linear or branched alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 52 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a monovalent group consisting of an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms, or an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms. Represents a divalent aliphatic group, and one methylene group or a plurality of non-adjacent methylene groups in these groups may be replaced by an ether bond.
  • Z is> NCOO-, or -OCON ⁇ (where "-" indicates that there is one bond, and ">" and " ⁇ " indicate that there are two bonds. N atom Any one of the bonds represents a bond with —CH 2 OR 52 ).
  • r is a natural number of 2 or more and 9 or less. ]
  • the second aspect of the present invention relates to an alignment material characterized by being obtained using the cured film forming composition of the first aspect of the present invention.
  • the third aspect of the present invention relates to a retardation material characterized by having a cured film obtained from the cured film forming composition of the first aspect of the present invention.
  • a cured film forming composition suitable for forming a cured film having excellent liquid crystal orientation and light transmittance and excellent adhesion durability.
  • the second aspect of the present invention it is possible to provide an alignment material that is excellent in liquid crystal alignment and light transmittance and excellent in adhesion durability.
  • the third aspect of the present invention it is possible to provide a retardation material that is capable of high-precision optical patterning and excellent in durability.
  • an alignment material excellent in adhesion durability in particular, an alignment excellent in adhesion durability with a cured polymerizable liquid crystal layer, in order to produce a patterned retardation material having excellent durability.
  • the cured film formation composition suitable for formation of the orientation material of such a performance is calculated
  • a cured film obtained from a cured film-forming composition having a specific composition is excellent in light transmittance, and has a liquid crystal orientation by polarization exposure. It has been found that it can be used as an alignment material by showing liquid crystal alignment to be regulated.
  • the present inventor shows excellent adhesion durability between the cured film obtained from the cured film-forming composition having the specific composition and the polymerizable liquid crystal layer polymerized and cured thereon. I found out. That is, the cured film obtained from the cured film-forming composition having a specific composition of the present invention can constitute a photo-alignment film having excellent adhesion durability with the polymerizable liquid crystal layer.
  • the cured film forming composition of the present invention will be described in detail with specific examples of components and the like.
  • the cured film and alignment material of the present invention using the cured film forming composition of the present invention, the retardation material formed using the alignment material, the liquid crystal display element, and the like will be described.
  • the cured film forming composition of this embodiment of the present invention comprises (A) a photo-alignment group, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group, and a group represented by the above formula (2).
  • Polymer having at least one selected substituent, (C) crosslinker as component, and (D) polymerizability containing C ⁇ C double bond in one molecule The at least one of a and N- alkoxymethyl group having at least one low-molecular compound curable film-forming composition of the thermosetting containing.
  • a crosslinking catalyst can be contained as the component (E).
  • other additives can be contained as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • a solvent can be contained.
  • [(A) component] (A) component of the cured film formation composition of this embodiment is at least 1 type chosen from a low molecular photo-alignment component and a polymer photo-alignment component.
  • the component (A) is a low molecular photo-alignment component.
  • the low molecular photo-alignment component that is the component (A) is a component that imparts photo-alignment to the cured film of the present embodiment obtained from the cured film-forming composition of the present embodiment. It becomes a low molecular photo-alignment component compared with the component polymer.
  • the low molecular photoalignment component as the component (A) includes a photoalignment group, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group, and the above formula ( A low molecular compound having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of groups represented by 2) can be obtained.
  • the photo-alignment group means a functional group at a structural site that undergoes photodimerization or photoisomerization.
  • the structural part to be photodimerized that the low molecular compound of the component (A) can have as a photoalignment group is a part that forms a dimer by light irradiation.
  • Specific examples thereof include a cinnamoyl group and a chalcone group. , A coumarin group, an anthracene group and the like. Of these, a cinnamoyl group is preferred because of its high transparency in the visible light region and high photodimerization reactivity.
  • the photoisomerizable structural moiety that the low molecular compound of component (A) can have as a photoalignable group refers to a structural moiety that changes into a cis isomer and a trans isomer by light irradiation.
  • Examples include an azobenzene structure, a stilbene structure, and the like. Of these, an azobenzene structure is preferred because of its high reactivity.
  • alkoxysilyl group in the present embodiment a trimethoxysilyl group, a triethoxysilyl group, a triisopropoxysilyl group, a dimethoxymethylsilyl group, a diethoxymethylsilyl group, a diisopropoxymethylsilyl group, a methoxydimethylsilyl group, An ethoxydimethylsilyl group etc. are mentioned.
  • a low molecular compound having a photo-alignment group and any one of a substituent selected from a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group and a group represented by the above formula (2) is, for example, It is a compound represented by the following formula.
  • a 1 and A 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • X 11 is a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urea bond, a urethane bond, an amino bond, an carbonyl, or their A structure in which one to three substituents selected from an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, or a combination thereof are bonded through one or two or more bonds selected from a combination Represents.
  • X 12 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, or a cyclohexyl group.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, the phenyl group, the biphenyl group, and the cyclohexyl group may be bonded through a covalent bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, a carbonyl, or a urea bond.
  • X 13 represents a hydroxy group, a mercapto group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenoxy group, a biphenyloxy group, or a phenyl group.
  • X 14 each independently represents a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a divalent aromatic ring group, or a divalent aliphatic ring group.
  • the alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may be branched or linear.
  • X 15 represents a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group or a group represented by the above formula (2).
  • X 14 is a single bond
  • X 15 is a hydroxy group or an amino group
  • X 0 represents a single bond, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • X 14 is a single bond
  • X 0 is also a single bond.
  • substituents include a benzene ring
  • the benzene ring includes an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a trifluoromethyl group, and a cyano group. It may be substituted with one or a plurality of substituents which are the same or different.
  • R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 and R 18 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or 1 carbon atom. Represents an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a trifluoromethyl group, or a cyano group.
  • alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms defined above examples include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert- Butyl group, n-pentyl group, 1-methyl-n-butyl group, 2-methyl-n-butyl group, 3-methyl-n-butyl group, 1,1-dimethyl-n-propyl group, 1,2- Dimethyl-n-propyl group, 2,2-dimethyl-n-propyl group, 1-ethyl-n-propyl group, n-hexyl group, 1-methyl-n-pentyl group, 2-methyl-n-pentyl group, 3-methyl-n-pentyl group, 4-methyl-n-pentyl group, 1,1-dimethyl-n-butyl group, 1,2-dimethyl-n-butyl group, 1,3-di
  • examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include groups having the corresponding number of carbon atoms among the groups listed above.
  • examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and the alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms include groups obtained by oxidizing or thiolating the alkyl groups listed above. Among them, groups having the corresponding number of carbon atoms are mentioned.
  • the alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is a divalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the above alkyl group or an alkyl group having 19 to 20 carbon atoms such as n-nonadecyl group and n-eicosyl group. Is mentioned.
  • examples of the alkyl group for R 62 include an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, and a butyl group. Group having the corresponding number of carbon atoms.
  • examples of the alkoxy group for R 62 include an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl groups exemplified above such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, and a butoxy group are oxidized.
  • Examples of the group represented by the above formula (2) include the following structures.
  • the low molecular weight compound having a photo-alignable group and a hydroxy group as the component (A) include 4- (8-hydroxyoctyloxy) cinnamic acid methyl ester, 4- (6-hydroxyhexyl), and the like.
  • the low molecular weight compound having a photo-alignable group and a carboxyl group as component (A) include cinnamic acid, ferulic acid, 4-nitrocinnamic acid, 4-methoxycinnamic acid, 3,4- Dimethoxycinnamic acid, coumarin-3-carboxylic acid, 4- (N, N-dimethylamino) cinnamic acid, 4- (6-methacryloxyhexyl-1-oxy) cinnamic acid, 4- (6-acryloxy) (Hexyl-1-oxy) cinnamic acid, 4- (3-methacryloxypropyl-1-oxy) cinnamic acid, 4- (4- (3-methacryloxypropyl-1-oxy) acryloxy) benzoic acid, 4 And-(4- (6-methacryloxyhexyl-1-oxy) benzoyloxy) cinnamic acid.
  • the low molecular weight compound having a photo-alignable group and an amide group as component (A) include cinnamic acid amide, 4-methyl cinnamic acid amide, 4-ethyl cinnamic acid amide, 4-methoxy cinnamic acid.
  • the low molecular weight compound having a photo-alignable group and an amino group as component (A) include 4-aminocinnamic acid methyl ester, 4-aminocinnamic acid ethyl ester, and 3-aminocinnamic acid methyl ester.
  • Examples include esters and 3-aminocinnamic acid ethyl ester.
  • the low molecular weight compound having a photo-alignable group and an alkoxysilyl group as the component (A) include 4- (3-trimethoxysilylpropyloxy) cinnamic acid methyl ester, 4- (3-tri Ethoxysilylpropyloxy) cinnamic acid methyl ester, 4- (3-trimethoxysilylpropyloxy) cinnamic acid ethyl ester, 4- (3-triethoxysilylpropyloxy) cinnamic acid ethyl ester, 4- (3- Trimethoxysilylhexyloxy) cinnamic acid methyl ester, 4- (3-triethoxysilylhexyloxy) cinnamic acid methyl ester, 4- (3-trimethoxysilylhexyloxy) cinnamic acid ethyl ester and 4- (3 -Triethoxysilylhexyloxy) cinn
  • the low molecular weight compound having the photoalignable group and the group represented by the above formula (2), which are the component (A) include compounds represented by the following formula (wherein, Me Represents a methyl group).
  • the component (A) is preferably a low-molecular compound in which a polymerizable group is bonded to a group in which a photo-alignment site and a thermally reactive site represented by the following formula (1a) are bonded via a spacer.
  • R 101 represents a hydroxy group, an amino group, a hydroxyphenoxy group, a carboxylphenoxy group, an aminophenoxy group, an aminocarbonylphenoxy group, a phenylamino group, a hydroxyphenylamino group, a carboxylphenylamino group, an aminophenylamino group, a hydroxy group, Represents an alkylamino group or a bis (hydroxyalkyl) amino group, X 101 represents a phenylene group which may be substituted with any substituent, and the benzene ring in the definition of these substituents is substituted with a substituent; May be.)
  • the substituent include an alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, and an isobutyl group; a haloalkyl group such as a trifluoromethyl group; a methoxy group, Examples thereof include alkoxy groups such as ethoxy group; halogen atoms such as iodine, bromine, chlorine and fluorine; cyano group; nitro group and the like.
  • a hydroxy group and an amino group are preferable, and a hydroxy group is particularly preferable.
  • the spacer is a divalent group selected from linear alkylene, branched alkylene, cyclic alkylene and phenylene, or a group formed by bonding a plurality of such divalent groups.
  • the bond between the divalent groups constituting the spacer, the bond between the spacer and the group represented by the above formula (1a), and the bond between the spacer and the polymerizable group include a single bond, an ester bond, and an amide bond. , Urea bond, urethane bond, carbonyl or ether bond.
  • the divalent groups may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of the bonds, the bonds may be the same or different.
  • the monomer in which a polymerizable group is bonded to a group in which a photo-alignment site and a heat-reactive site are combined as the component (A) include 4- (6-methacryloxyhexyl-1-oxy).
  • low molecular weight photo-alignment component as component (A) can include the above-mentioned specific examples, but are not limited thereto.
  • component (A) is a polymer, that is, a high molecular weight polymer will be described below.
  • the component (A) contained in the cured film forming composition of the present invention is a polymer having a high molecular weight
  • the component (A) is a polymer having a photoalignment group, that is, as a photoalignment group.
  • a polymer having a functional group at a structural site to be quantified or photoisomerized, particularly an acrylic copolymer having at least a photodimerization site is preferable.
  • At least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group and a group represented by the above formula (2) (hereinafter referred to as these An acrylic copolymer having a group including a group) is also desirable.
  • the acrylic copolymer refers to a copolymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer having an unsaturated double bond such as an acrylic ester, a methacrylic ester or styrene.
  • the acrylic copolymer having a photodimerization site and a thermal crosslinking site (A) as the component may be an acrylic copolymer having such a structure.
  • A thermal crosslinking site
  • Examples of the photodimerization site include a cinnamoyl group, a chalcone group, a coumarin group, and an anthracene group. Of these, a cinnamoyl group is preferred because of its high transparency in the visible light region and high photodimerization reactivity. More preferred examples of the cinnamoyl group and the substituent containing a cinnamoyl structure include structures represented by the following formula [1] or [2].
  • a group in which the benzene ring in the cinnamoyl group is a naphthalene ring is also included in the “cinnamoyl group” and the “substituent containing a cinnamoyl structure”.
  • X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a phenyl group or a biphenyl group.
  • the phenyl group and the biphenyl group may be substituted by either a halogen atom or a cyano group.
  • X 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, or a cyclohexyl group.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, the phenyl group, the biphenyl group, and the cyclohexyl group may be formed from a covalent bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urea bond, a urethane bond, an amino bond, a carbonyl, or a combination thereof.
  • Plural types may be bonded through one or two or more selected bonds.
  • A represents one of formula [A1], formula [A2], formula [A3], formula [A4], formula [A5] and formula [A6].
  • R 31 , R 32 , R 33 , R 34 , R 35 , R 36 , R 37 and R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a trifluoromethyl group, or a cyano group.
  • the thermal crosslinking site is a site that is bonded to the component (B) by heating.
  • Specific examples thereof include a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group, and a group represented by the formula (2). Can be mentioned.
  • the component (A) acrylic copolymer preferably has a weight average molecular weight of 3,000 to 200,000. If the weight average molecular weight is over 200,000, the solubility in the solvent may be lowered and the handling property may be lowered. On the other hand, the weight average molecular weight is less than 3,000 and is too small. In some cases, the heat resistance may cause insufficient curing, resulting in a decrease in solvent resistance or a decrease in heat resistance.
  • the method for synthesizing the acrylic copolymer having a photodimerization site and a thermal crosslinking site as the component (A) is a simple method of copolymerizing a monomer having a photodimerization site and a monomer having a thermal crosslinking site.
  • Examples of the monomer having a photodimerization site include monomers having a cinnamoyl group, a chalcone group, a coumarin group, an anthracene group, and the like.
  • a monomer having a cinnamoyl group is particularly preferable because of its high transparency in the visible light region and high photodimerization reactivity.
  • a cinnamoyl group having a structure represented by the above formula [1] or [2] and a monomer having a substituent containing a cinnamoyl structure are more preferable.
  • a monomer having a substituent containing a cinnamoyl structure are more preferable.
  • it is a monomer represented by the following formula [3] or formula [4].
  • X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a phenyl group or a biphenyl group.
  • the phenyl group and the biphenyl group may be substituted by either a halogen atom or a cyano group.
  • L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a covalent bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urea bond or a urethane bond.
  • X 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, or a cyclohexyl group.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, the phenyl group, the biphenyl group, and the cyclohexyl group may be bonded via a covalent bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a urea bond.
  • X 3 and X 5 are each independently a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a divalent aromatic ring group, or a divalent aliphatic ring group. Show. Here, the alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may be branched or linear.
  • X 4 and X 6 represent a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group include an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a styrene group, a maleimide group, an acrylamide group, and a methacrylamide group.
  • A is the same as formula [A1], formula [A2], formula [A3], formula [A4], formula [A5] as in formula [1] and formula [2]. ] And formula [A6].
  • alkyl group and alkylene group are given as the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms and the alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in the definitions of the groups in the formulas [1] to [4]. Can do.
  • Examples of the monomer having a thermal crosslinking site include 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl methacrylate, 2,3 -Dihydroxypropyl acrylate, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl methacrylate, diethylene glycol monoacrylate, diethylene glycol monomethacrylate, caprolactone 2- (acryloyloxy) ethyl ester, caprolactone 2- (methacryloyloxy) ethyl ester, poly (ethylene glycol) ethyl ether acrylate, Poly (ethylene glycol) ethyl ether methacrylate, 5-acryloyl Monomers having a hydroxy group such as cis-6-hydroxynorbornene-2-carboxyl-6-lactone, 5-methacryloyloxy-6-hydroxynorbornene-2-carboxy
  • the amount of the monomer having a photodimerization site and the monomer having a thermal crosslinking site used for obtaining the specific copolymer is determined based on the total amount of all monomers used for obtaining the specific copolymer. It is preferable that the monomer having 40 mass% to 95 mass% and the monomer having a thermal crosslinking site is 5 mass% to 60 mass%.
  • a monomer copolymerizable with a monomer having a photodimerization site and a thermal crosslinking site (hereinafter also referred to as a specific functional group) when obtaining a specific copolymer ( (Hereinafter also referred to as a monomer having a non-reactive functional group) can be used in combination.
  • Such monomers include acrylic acid ester compounds, methacrylic acid ester compounds, maleimide compounds, acrylamide compounds, acrylonitrile, maleic anhydride, styrene compounds and vinyl compounds.
  • acrylic acid ester compounds methacrylic acid ester compounds
  • maleimide compounds maleimide compounds
  • acrylamide compounds acrylonitrile
  • maleic anhydride maleic anhydride
  • styrene compounds vinyl compounds.
  • acrylic ester compound described above examples include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, naphthyl acrylate, anthryl acrylate, anthryl methyl acrylate, phenyl acrylate, glycidyl acrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl.
  • methacrylic acid ester compounds described above include methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, naphthyl methacrylate, anthryl methacrylate, anthryl methyl methacrylate, phenyl methacrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl.
  • Examples of the vinyl compound include methyl vinyl ether, benzyl vinyl ether, vinyl naphthalene, vinyl carbazole, allyl glycidyl ether, 3-ethenyl-7-oxabicyclo [4.1.0] heptane, and 1,2-epoxy-5. Examples include hexene and 1,7-octadiene monoepoxide.
  • styrene compound described above examples include styrene, methylstyrene, chlorostyrene, and bromostyrene.
  • maleimide compound described above examples include maleimide, N-methylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide, and N-cyclohexylmaleimide.
  • the method for obtaining the specific copolymer used in the cured film-forming composition of the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • a monomer having a specific functional group a monomer having a photodimerization site and a monomer having a thermal cross-linking site
  • non-specific if desired. It is obtained by carrying out a polymerization reaction at a temperature of 50 ° C. to 110 ° C. in a solvent in which a monomer having a reactive functional group and a polymerization initiator coexist.
  • the solvent used will not be specifically limited if it dissolves the monomer which has a specific functional group, the monomer which has a non-reactive functional group used depending on necessity, a polymerization initiator, etc. Specific examples include solvents described in Solvents described below.
  • the specific copolymer thus obtained is usually in the form of a solution dissolved in a solvent and can be used as it is as the solution of component (A) in the present invention.
  • the solution of the specific copolymer obtained as described above is re-precipitated by stirring with stirring such as diethyl ether or water, and the generated precipitate is filtered and washed, and then under normal pressure or reduced pressure.
  • the powder of the specific copolymer can be obtained by drying at room temperature or by heating. By such an operation, the polymerization initiator and unreacted monomer coexisting with the specific copolymer can be removed, and as a result, a purified powder of the specific copolymer can be obtained. If sufficient purification cannot be achieved by one operation, the obtained powder may be redissolved in a solvent and the above operation may be repeated.
  • the powder of the specific copolymer may be used as it is as the component (A), or the powder is re-dissolved in, for example, a solvent described later to form a solution. It may be used.
  • the acrylic copolymer as the component (A) may be a mixture of a plurality of types of specific copolymers.
  • a low molecular weight compound or a high molecular weight specific copolymer can be used as the component (A).
  • the component (A) may be a mixture of one or more low molecular weight compounds and a high molecular weight specific copolymer.
  • Component (B) The component (B) contained in the cured film forming composition of this embodiment is at least one selected from a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group, and a group represented by the above formula (2).
  • a polymer having two substituents hereinafter also referred to as specific functional groups).
  • a trimethoxysilyl group, a triethoxysilyl group, a triisopropoxysilyl group, a dimethoxymethylsilyl group, a diethoxymethylsilyl group, a diisopropoxymethylsilyl group, a methoxydimethylsilyl group, An ethoxydimethylsilyl group etc. are mentioned.
  • polymer as the component (B) examples include acrylic polymer, polyamic acid, polyimide, polyvinyl alcohol, polyester, polyester polycarboxylic acid, polyether polyol, polyester polyol, polycarbonate polyol, polycaprolactone polyol, polyalkyleneimine, poly Examples include allylamine, celluloses (cellulose or derivatives thereof), polymers having a linear or branched structure such as phenol novolac resin and melamine formaldehyde resin, and cyclic polymers such as cyclodextrins.
  • Preferred examples of the specific polymer (B) include acrylic polymers, hydroxyalkylcyclodextrins, celluloses, polyether polyols, polyester polyols, polycarbonate polyols, and polycaprolactone polyols.
  • the acrylic polymer which is a preferred example of the specific polymer of the component (B) is a polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer having an unsaturated double bond such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, styrene, and a vinyl compound. Any polymer may be used as long as it is a polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer containing a monomer having a specific functional group or a mixture thereof, and the type of the main chain skeleton and side chain of the polymer constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited. .
  • the monomer having a specific functional group includes a monomer having a polyethylene glycol ester group, a monomer having a hydroxyalkyl ester group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, a monomer having a phenolic hydroxy group, a monomer having a carboxyl group, and an amide group.
  • Examples of the monomer having a polyethylene glycol ester group described above include monoacrylate or monomethacrylate of H— (OCH 2 CH 2 ) n—OH.
  • the value of n is 2 to 50, preferably 2 to 10.
  • Examples of the monomer having a hydroxyalkyl ester group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms include 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate. 4-hydroxybutyl methacrylate.
  • Examples of the above-mentioned monomer having a phenolic hydroxy group include p-hydroxystyrene, m-hydroxystyrene, and o-hydroxystyrene.
  • Examples of the above-mentioned monomer having a carboxyl group include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, and vinyl benzoic acid.
  • Examples of the monomer having an amino group in the side chain described above include 2-aminoethyl acrylate, 2-aminoethyl methacrylate, aminopropyl acrylate, and aminopropyl methacrylate.
  • Examples of the monomer having an alkoxysilyl group in the side chain include 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-acryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, and 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxy. Examples thereof include silane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, allyltrimethoxysilane, and allyltriethoxysilane.
  • Examples of the monomer having a group represented by the above formula (2) in the side chain include 2-acetoacetoxyethyl acrylate, 2-acetoacetoxyethyl methacrylate, and the like.
  • Such monomers include acrylic acid ester compounds, methacrylic acid ester compounds, maleimide compounds, acrylonitrile, maleic anhydride, styrene compounds and vinyl compounds.
  • acrylic ester compound examples include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, naphthyl acrylate, anthryl acrylate, anthryl methyl acrylate, phenyl acrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl acrylate, tert-butyl.
  • methacrylic acid ester compound examples include methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, naphthyl methacrylate, anthryl methacrylate, anthryl methyl methacrylate, phenyl methacrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl methacrylate, tert-butyl.
  • maleimide compounds include maleimide, N-methylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide, and N-cyclohexylmaleimide.
  • styrene compound examples include styrene, methyl styrene, chlorostyrene, bromostyrene, and the like.
  • vinyl compound examples include vinyl ether, methyl vinyl ether, benzyl vinyl ether, 2-hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, phenyl vinyl ether, and propyl vinyl ether.
  • the usage-amount of the monomer which has a specific functional group used in order to obtain the acrylic polymer which is an example of a component is based on the total amount of all the monomers used in order to obtain the acrylic polymer which is (B) component, It is preferably 2 mol% to 98 mol%.
  • the monomer having the specific functional group is too small, the liquid crystal orientation of the resulting cured film tends to be insufficient, and when it is too large, the compatibility with the component (A) tends to decrease.
  • the method to obtain the acrylic polymer which is an example of a component is not specifically limited,
  • the monomer containing the monomer which has a specific functional group, the monomer which does not have a specific functional group depending on necessity, a polymerization initiator, etc. Is obtained by a polymerization reaction at a temperature of 50 ° C. to 110 ° C. in a solvent coexisting with.
  • the solvent used will not be specifically limited if it dissolves the monomer which has a specific functional group, the monomer which does not have the specific functional group used depending on necessity, a polymerization initiator, etc. Specific examples are described in the section of [Solvent] described later.
  • the acrylic polymer which is an example of the component (B) obtained by the above method is usually in a solution state dissolved in a solvent.
  • the acrylic polymer solution which is an example of the component (B) obtained by the above method, is poured into diethyl ether or water under stirring to cause reprecipitation, and the generated precipitate is filtered and washed. Under normal pressure or reduced pressure, it can be dried at room temperature or dried to obtain an acrylic polymer powder as an example of the component (B).
  • the polymerization initiator and unreacted monomer coexisting with the acrylic polymer which is an example of the component (B) can be removed, and as a result, the acrylic polymer which is an example of the purified component (B) Of powder is obtained. If sufficient purification cannot be achieved by a single operation, the obtained powder may be redissolved in a solvent and the above operation may be repeated.
  • the acrylic polymer which is a preferred example of the component (B) has a weight average molecular weight of preferably 3000 to 200000, more preferably 4000 to 150,000, and still more preferably 5000 to 100,000. If the weight average molecular weight exceeds 200,000, the solvent solubility may decrease and handling may decrease. If the weight average molecular weight is less than 3,000, the curing may be insufficient during thermal curing. The solvent resistance and heat resistance may be reduced.
  • the weight average molecular weight is a value obtained by using gel as a standard material by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • polyether polyol which is a preferable example of the specific polymer of the component (B)
  • polyether polyols include ADEKA Adeka Polyether P Series, G Series, EDP Series, BPX Series, FC Series, CM Series, NOF UNIOX (registered trademark) HC-40, HC-60, ST- 30E, ST-40E, G-450, G-750, Uniol (registered trademark) TG-330, TG-1000, TG-3000, TG-4000, HS-1600D, DA-400, DA-700, DB-400 Nonion (registered trademark) LT-221, ST-221, OT-221 and the like.
  • polyester polyol which is a preferable example of the specific polymer of component
  • diols such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butylene glycol, polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol are added to polyvalent carboxylic acids such as adipic acid, sebacic acid and isophthalic acid. Can be mentioned.
  • polyester polyol examples include DIC polylite (registered trademark) OD-X-286, OD-X-102, OD-X-355, OD-X-2330, OD-X-240, OD-X-668, OD-X-2108, OD-X-2376, OD-X-2044, OD-X-688, OD-X-2068, OD-X-2547, OD-X-2420, OD-X-2523, OD- X-2555, OD-X-2560, Kuraray polyols P-510, P-1010, P-2010, P-3010, P-4010, P-5010, P-6010, F-510, F-1010, F -2010, F-3010, P-1011, P-2011, P-2013, P-2030, N-2010, PNNA-2016 and the like.
  • DIC polylite registered trademark
  • polycaprolactone polyol which is a preferred example of the specific polymer of the component (B) include those obtained by ring-opening polymerization of ⁇ -caprolactone using a polyhydric alcohol such as trimethylolpropane or ethylene glycol as an initiator.
  • polyhydric alcohol such as trimethylolpropane or ethylene glycol as an initiator.
  • Specific examples of the polycaprolactone polyol include DIC's Polylite (registered trademark) OD-X-2155, OD-X-640, OD-X-2568, Daicel Chemical's Plaxel (registered trademark) 205, L205AL, 205U, 208, 210 212, L212AL, 220, 230, 240, 303, 305, 308, 312, 320, and the like.
  • polycarbonate polyol which is a preferable example of the specific polymer of the component (B) include those obtained by reacting a polyhydric alcohol such as trimethylolpropane or ethylene glycol with diethyl carbonate, diphenyl carbonate, ethylene carbonate, or the like.
  • a polyhydric alcohol such as trimethylolpropane or ethylene glycol
  • diethyl carbonate diethyl carbonate
  • diphenyl carbonate ethylene carbonate
  • ethylene carbonate or the like.
  • Specific examples of the polycarbonate polyol include Placel (registered trademark) CD205, CD205PL, CD210, CD220 manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, and C-590, C-1050, C-2050, C-2090, C-3090 manufactured by Kuraray, and the like.
  • cellulose examples include hydroxyalkylcelluloses such as hydroxyethylcellulose and hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxyalkylalkylcelluloses such as hydroxyethylmethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose and hydroxyethylethylcellulose, and cellulose.
  • hydroxyalkyl celluloses such as hydroxyethyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl cellulose are preferable.
  • cyclodextrins such as ⁇ -cyclodextrin, ⁇ -cyclodextrin and ⁇ cyclodextrin, methyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, methyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin and Methylated cyclodextrins such as methyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, hydroxymethyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, hydroxymethyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, hydroxymethyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, 2-hydroxyethyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, 2-hydroxy Ethyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, 2-hydroxyethyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, 2-hydroxypropyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, 2-hydroxypropyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, 2-hydroxypropyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, 2-hydroxypropyl Lopyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin,
  • the melamine formaldehyde resin which is a preferable example of the specific polymer of the component (B) is a resin obtained by polycondensation of melamine and formaldehyde, and is represented by the following formula.
  • R 21 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • n is a natural number representing the number of repeating units.
  • alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include groups having the corresponding number of carbon atoms among the alkyl groups exemplified above or below.
  • the methylol group generated during the polycondensation of melamine and formaldehyde is alkylated from the viewpoint of storage stability.
  • the method for obtaining the melamine formaldehyde resin as the component (B) is not particularly limited, but in general, melamine and formaldehyde are mixed, made weakly alkaline using sodium carbonate, ammonia, etc., and then heated at 60 ° C. to 100 ° C. Is synthesized. Further, the methylol group can be alkoxylated by reacting with alcohol.
  • the (B) component melamine formaldehyde resin preferably has a weight average molecular weight of 250 to 5000, more preferably 300 to 4000, and even more preferably 350 to 3500. If the weight average molecular weight exceeds 5,000, the solubility in the solvent may decrease and handling may decrease. If the weight average molecular weight is less than 250, the curing may be insufficient during thermal curing. Therefore, the effect of improving solvent resistance and heat resistance may not be sufficiently exhibited.
  • the melamine formaldehyde resin as the component (B) may be used in a liquid form or a solution form in which a purified liquid is redissolved in a solvent described later.
  • the melamine formaldehyde resin as the component (B) may be a mixture of plural types of melamine formaldehyde resins as the component (B).
  • phenol novolak resin which is a preferred example of the specific polymer of the component (B) include phenol-formaldehyde polycondensate.
  • the polymer of the component (B) may be used in a powder form or in a solution form in which a purified powder is redissolved in a solvent described later.
  • the component (B) may be a mixture of a plurality of types of polymers exemplified as the component (B).
  • the cured film forming composition of this embodiment contains a crosslinking agent as (C) component. More specifically, the component (C) reacts with the component (A), the component (B) and the component (D) described later, and the component (A) is a low molecular photo-alignment component. A) A crosslinking agent that reacts at a temperature lower than the sublimation temperature of the component.
  • the component (C) is at a temperature lower than the sublimation temperature of the component (A), and the hydroxy group, carboxyl group, amide group, amino group, alkoxysilyl group and the above formula (A) Substituents selected from the groups represented by 2), hydroxy groups, carboxyl groups, amide groups, amino groups, alkoxysilyl groups contained in the component (B) and substitutions selected from the groups represented by the above formula (2) Bonds to the group (D) component compound.
  • the (A) component, the (B) component, the (D) component, and the crosslinking agent as the (C) component are thermally reacted, the (A) component is prevented from sublimating. can do.
  • the cured film formation composition of this Embodiment can form alignment material with high photoreaction efficiency as a cured film.
  • crosslinking agent (C) examples include compounds such as epoxy compounds, methylol compounds and isocyanate compounds, with methylol compounds being preferred.
  • methylol compound described above examples include compounds such as alkoxymethylated glycoluril, alkoxymethylated benzoguanamine, and alkoxymethylated melamine.
  • alkoxymethylated glycoluril examples include, for example, 1,3,4,6-tetrakis (methoxymethyl) glycoluril, 1,3,4,6-tetrakis (butoxymethyl) glycoluril, 1,3,4 , 6-tetrakis (hydroxymethyl) glycoluril, 1,3-bis (hydroxymethyl) urea, 1,1,3,3-tetrakis (butoxymethyl) urea, 1,1,3,3-tetrakis (methoxymethyl) Examples include urea, 1,3-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4,5-dihydroxy-2-imidazolinone, and 1,3-bis (methoxymethyl) -4,5-dimethoxy-2-imidazolinone.
  • glycoluril compounds (trade names: Cymel (registered trademark) 1170, Powderlink (registered trademark) 1174) manufactured by Mitsui Cytec Co., Ltd., methylated urea resins (trade name: UFR (registered trademark) 65) ), Butylated urea resin (trade names: UFR (registered trademark) 300, U-VAN10S60, U-VAN10R, U-VAN11HV), urea / formaldehyde resin (high condensation type, commercial product) manufactured by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc. Name: Beccamine (registered trademark) J-300S, P-955, N) and the like.
  • alkoxymethylated benzoguanamine examples include, for example, tetramethoxymethylbenzoguanamine.
  • Commercially available products manufactured by Mitsui Cytec Co., Ltd. (trade name: Cymel (registered trademark) 1123), manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd. (trade names: Nicalac (registered trademark) BX-4000, BX-37, BL- 60, BX-55H) and the like.
  • alkoxymethylated melamine examples include, for example, hexamethoxymethylmelamine.
  • methoxymethyl type melamine compounds (trade names: Cymel (registered trademark) 300, 301, 303, 350) manufactured by Mitsui Cytec Co., Ltd., butoxymethyl type melamine compounds (trade name: My Coat (registered trademark)) 506, 508), Sanwa Chemical's methoxymethyl-type melamine compound (trade names: Nicalak (registered trademark) MW-30, MW-22, MW-11, MS-001, MX-002, MX-730, MX-750, MX-035), butoxymethyl type melamine compounds (trade names: Nicalac (registered trademark) MX-45, MX-410, MX-302) and the like.
  • it may be a compound obtained by condensing a melamine compound, urea compound, glycoluril compound and benzoguanamine compound in which the hydrogen atom of the amino group is substituted with a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group.
  • a melamine compound urea compound, glycoluril compound and benzoguanamine compound in which the hydrogen atom of the amino group is substituted with a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group.
  • the high molecular weight compound manufactured from the melamine compound and the benzoguanamine compound which are described in US Patent 6,323,310 is mentioned.
  • Examples of commercially available products of the melamine compound include trade name: Cymel (registered trademark) 303 (manufactured by Mitsui Cytec Co., Ltd.).
  • Examples of commercially available products of the benzoguanamine compound include product name: Cymel (registered trademark) 1123 ( Mitsui Cytec Co., Ltd.).
  • an acrylamide compound substituted with a hydroxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group such as N-hydroxymethylacrylamide, N-methoxymethylmethacrylamide, N-ethoxymethylacrylamide, N-butoxymethylmethacrylamide, or the like Polymers produced using methacrylamide compounds can also be used.
  • Examples of such a polymer include poly (N-butoxymethylacrylamide), a copolymer of N-butoxymethylacrylamide and styrene, a copolymer of N-hydroxymethylmethacrylamide and methylmethacrylate, and N-ethoxymethyl.
  • Examples thereof include a copolymer of methacrylamide and benzyl methacrylate, and a copolymer of N-butoxymethylacrylamide, benzyl methacrylate and 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate.
  • the weight average molecular weight of such a polymer is 1000 to 500000, preferably 2000 to 200000, more preferably 3000 to 150,000, and still more preferably 3000 to 50000.
  • cross-linking agents can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the crosslinking agent of component (C) in the cured film forming composition of the present embodiment is the total amount of at least one selected from the low molecular compound and polymer as component (A) and the polymer of component (B). It is preferably 10 to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 15 to 80 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass.
  • content of a crosslinking agent is too small, the solvent tolerance and heat resistance of the cured film obtained from a cured film formation composition will fall, and the orientation sensitivity at the time of photo-alignment will fall.
  • the content is excessive, the photo-alignment property and the storage stability may be lowered.
  • the component (D) contained in the cured film forming composition of this embodiment has at least one polymerizable group containing a C ⁇ C double bond in one molecule and at least one N-alkoxymethyl group. Low molecular weight compound.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal of the polymerizable liquid crystal is improved so that the adhesion between the alignment material and the polymerizable liquid crystal layer is improved.
  • the polymerizable functional group and the crosslinking reaction site of the alignment material can be linked by a covalent bond.
  • the retardation material of this embodiment formed by laminating a cured polymerizable liquid crystal on the alignment material of this embodiment can maintain strong adhesion even under high temperature and high quality conditions, such as peeling. High durability can be exhibited.
  • Examples of the polymerizable group containing a C ⁇ C double bond include an acryl group, a methacryl group, a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a maleimide group.
  • N of N-alkoxymethyl group that is, nitrogen atom is adjacent to amide nitrogen atom, thioamide nitrogen atom, urea nitrogen atom, thiourea nitrogen atom, urethane nitrogen atom, nitrogen atom of nitrogen-containing heterocycle And a nitrogen atom bonded to. Therefore, the N-alkoxymethyl group includes an amide nitrogen atom, a thioamide nitrogen atom, a urea nitrogen atom, a thiourea nitrogen atom, a urethane nitrogen atom, and a nitrogen bonded to the adjacent position of the nitrogen atom of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring. Examples include a structure in which an alkoxymethyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom selected from atoms and the like.
  • any compound having the above-mentioned group may be used, and preferably, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (1) is exemplified.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • alkyl group examples include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, and 1-methyl-n.
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by the above formula (1) include N-butoxymethylacrylamide, N-isobutoxymethylacrylamide, N-methoxymethylacrylamide, N-methoxymethylmethacrylamide, N-methylolacrylamide and the like. .
  • a compound represented by the following formula (X2) is preferable.
  • R 51 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 53 is a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a divalent group composed of an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms, or a divalent group containing an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms. Represents a valent aliphatic group and may contain an ether bond in the structure.
  • R 54 is a divalent to nonvalent group having a structure in which 1 to 8 hydrogen atoms are removed from a linear or branched alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aliphatic cyclic group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 52 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a monovalent group consisting of an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms, or an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms. Represents a divalent aliphatic group, and one methylene group or a plurality of non-adjacent methylene groups in these groups may be replaced by an ether bond.
  • Z is> NCOO-, or -OCON ⁇ (where "-" indicates that there is one bond, and ">" and " ⁇ " indicate that there are two bonds. N atom Any one of the bonds represents a bond with —CH 2 OR 52 ).
  • r is a natural number of 2 or more and 9 or less. ]
  • Specific examples of the thruvalent group include divalent to ninevalent groups in which 1 to 8 hydrogen atoms are further removed from the alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms shown below.
  • alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms include ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, n -Pentyl group, 1-methyl-n-butyl group, 2-methyl-n-butyl group, 3-methyl-n-butyl group, 1,1-dimethyl-n-propyl group, n-hexyl group, 1-methyl -N-pentyl, 2-methyl-n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethyl-n-butyl, 1-ethyl-n-butyl, 1,1,2-trimethyl-n-propyl, n- Heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl, n-undecyl, n-dodecyl, n-tridecyl, n-tetradecy
  • R 53 is an ethylene group
  • R 54 is a hexylene group, from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials.
  • alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in the definition of R 52 include a specific example of an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms and a methyl group in the description of the definitions of R 53 and R 54 above. Of these, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, or an n-butyl group is particularly preferable.
  • Examples of the aliphatic ring group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms in the definition of R 52 , R 53 and R 54 include a group based on a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, and a monovalent group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group.
  • R may be a natural number of 2 or more and 9 or less, preferably 2 to 6.
  • Compound (X2) is obtained by the production method represented by the following reaction scheme. That is, a carbamate compound having an acryl or methacryl group represented by the following formula (X2-1) (hereinafter also referred to as compound (X2-1)) is reacted in a solvent to which trimethylsilyl chloride and paraformaldehyde are added. It is produced by synthesizing an intermediate represented by the following formula (X2-2), and adding and reacting an alcohol represented by R 52 —OH to the reaction solution.
  • R 51 , R 52 , R 53 , R 54 , Z and r represent the above-mentioned meanings, and X represents —NHCOO— or —OCONH—.
  • trimethylsilyl chloride and paraformaldehyde to be used with respect to compound (X2-1) is not particularly limited. However, in order to complete the reaction, trimethylsilyl chloride is 1.0 to 6.0 equivalent times the amount of one carbamate bond in the molecule, Paraformaldehyde is preferably used in an amount of 1.0 to 3.0 equivalents, and more preferably the equivalent of trimethylsilyl chloride is greater than the equivalent of paraformaldehyde.
  • the reaction solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction.
  • hydrocarbons such as hexane, cyclohexane, benzene and toluene; methylene chloride, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane and the like Halogenated hydrocarbons; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane and tetrahydrofuran; nitriles such as acetonitrile and propionitrile; N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N -Nitrogen-containing aprotic polar solvents such as methyl-2-pyrrolidone and 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone; pyridines such as pyridine and picoline. These solvents may be used alone, or two or more of these may be mixed and used.
  • Preferred are m
  • reaction concentration is not particularly limited, but the reaction may be carried out without using a solvent.
  • a solvent 0.1 to 100 mass relative to compound (X2-1) is used. Double the solvent may be used. Preferably it is 1 thru
  • the reaction temperature is not particularly limited but is, for example, ⁇ 90 to 200 ° C., preferably ⁇ 20 to 100 ° C., and more preferably ⁇ 10 to 50 ° C.
  • the reaction time is usually 0.05 to 200 hours, preferably 0.5 to 100 hours.
  • the reaction can be carried out at normal pressure or under pressure, and can be batch or continuous.
  • a polymerization inhibitor may be added during the reaction.
  • BHT 2,6-di-tert-butyl-para-cresol
  • hydroquinone para-methoxyphenol, etc.
  • para-methoxyphenol para-methoxyphenol
  • the addition amount in the case of adding a polymerization inhibitor is not particularly limited, but is 0.0001 to 10 wt%, preferably 0.01 to 1 wt% with respect to the total amount (mass) of compound (X2-1). is there. In the present specification, wt% means mass%.
  • a base may be added to suppress hydrolysis under acidic conditions.
  • the base include pyridines such as pyridine and picoline, and tertiary amines such as trimethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine and tributylamine. Triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine are preferable, and triethylamine is more preferable.
  • the addition amount in the case of adding a base is not particularly limited, but it may be used 0.01 to 2.0 equivalents, more preferably 0.5 to 1 with respect to the addition amount of trimethylsilyl chloride used in the reaction. 0.0 equivalents.
  • the synthesis method of compound (X2-1) is not particularly limited, but it can be produced by reacting (meth) acryloyloxyalkyl isocyanate with a polyol compound or reacting a hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate compound with a polyisocyanate compound. I can do it.
  • (meth) acryloyloxyalkyl isocyanate examples include, for example, 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate (manufactured by Showa Denko KK, trade name: Karenz MOI [registered trademark]), 2-acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate (Showa). Denko Co., Ltd., trade name: Karenz AOI [registered trademark]) and the like.
  • polyol compound examples include ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, neopentyl glycol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, Examples include diol compounds such as 1,6-hexanediol and 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, triol compounds such as glycerin and trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, and diglycerin.
  • hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate compounds include 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl methacrylate, and diethylene glycol.
  • monomers having a hydroxy group such as monoacrylate, diethylene glycol monomethacrylate, poly (ethylene glycol) ethyl ether acrylate, poly (ethylene glycol) ethyl ether methacrylate, and the like.
  • polyisocyanate compound examples include aliphatic diisocyanates such as hexamethylene diisocyanate, 2,4,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate and dimer diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, 4,4'-methylenebis (cyclohexyl isocyanate), ⁇ , ⁇ Alicyclic diisocyanates such as' -diisocyanate dimethylcyclohexane, lysine ester triisocyanate, 1,6,11-undecane triisocyanate, 1,8-diisocyanate-4-isocyanatomethyloctane, 1,3,6-hexamethylene triisocyanate, And triisocyanates such as bicycloheptane triisocyanate.
  • aliphatic diisocyanates such as hexamethylene diisocyanate, 2,4,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate and dimer diisocyanate
  • the content of the component (D) in the cured film-forming composition of the embodiment of the present invention is at least one selected from the low molecular compound and polymer as the component (A), the polymer as the component (B), and the component (C). Preferably it is 0.1 mass part thru
  • the content of the component (D) is 0.1 parts by mass or more, sufficient adhesion can be imparted to the formed cured film. However, when it is more than 40 parts by mass, the storage stability of the cured film forming composition may be lowered.
  • the component (D) may be a mixture of a plurality of compounds of the component (D).
  • the cured film forming composition of the present embodiment may contain a crosslinking catalyst as the component (E) in addition to the component (A), the component (B), the component (C) and the component (D) described above. it can.
  • (E) As a crosslinking catalyst which is a component, it can be set as an acid or a thermal acid generator, for example. This component (E) is effective in promoting a thermosetting reaction in the formation of a cured film using the cured film forming composition of the present embodiment.
  • the component (E) is a sulfonic acid group-containing compound, hydrochloric acid or a salt thereof, a compound that generates an acid by thermal decomposition during pre-baking or post-baking, that is, a temperature of 80
  • the compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound capable of generating an acid by thermal decomposition at from 250C to 250C.
  • Examples of such compounds include hydrochloric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, propanesulfonic acid, butanesulfonic acid, pentanesulfonic acid, octanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, trifluoro.
  • L-methanesulfonic acid p-phenolsulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, mesitylenesulfonic acid, p-xylene-2-sulfonic acid, m-xylene-2-sulfonic acid, 4-ethylbenzenesulfonic acid, 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-perfluorooctanesulfonic acid, perfluoro (2-ethoxyethane) sulfonic acid, pentafluoroethanesulfonic acid, nonafluorobutane-1-sulfonic acid, sulfonic acid such as dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid, or a hydrate or salt thereof Is mentioned.
  • Examples of the compound that generates an acid by heat include bis (tosyloxy) ethane, bis (tosyloxy) propane, bis (tosyloxy) butane, p-nitrobenzyl tosylate, o-nitrobenzyl tosylate, 1,2, 3-phenylene tris (methyl sulfonate), p-toluenesulfonic acid pyridinium salt, p-toluenesulfonic acid morphonium salt, p-toluenesulfonic acid ethyl ester, p-toluenesulfonic acid propyl ester, p-toluenesulfonic acid butyl ester, p-toluenesulfonic acid isobutyl ester, p-toluenesulfonic acid methyl ester, p-toluenesulfonic acid phenethyl ester, cyanomethyl p-
  • the content of the component (E) in the cured film forming composition according to the embodiment of the present invention is at least one selected from the low molecular compound and polymer as the component (A), the polymer as the component (B), and the component (C). Preferably it is 0.01 mass part thru
  • the content of the component (E) can be made favorable by setting it as 10 mass parts or less.
  • the cured film forming composition of the embodiment of the present invention can contain other additives as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • a sensitizer can be contained.
  • the sensitizer is effective in promoting the photoreaction when the cured film of the embodiment of the present invention is formed from the cured film forming composition of the present embodiment.
  • sensitizer examples include benzophenone, anthracene, anthraquinone and thioxanthone derivatives and nitrophenyl compounds.
  • N, N-diethylaminobenzophenone which is a derivative of benzophenone and 2-nitrofluorene, 2-nitrofluorenone, 5-nitroacenaphthene, 4-nitrobiphenyl, 4-nitrocinnamic acid, which are nitrophenyl compounds, 4- Nitrostilbene, 4-nitrobenzophenone and 5-nitroindole are particularly preferred.
  • These sensitizers are not particularly limited to those described above. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more compounds.
  • the use ratio of the sensitizer is 0.1 parts by mass to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the component (A), the component (B), the component (C), and the component (D). It is preferably 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.2 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass. If this ratio is too small, the effect as a sensitizer may not be sufficiently obtained. If it is too large, the transmittance of the formed cured film may be reduced or the coating film may be roughened. There are things to do.
  • the cured film forming composition according to the embodiment of the present invention includes, as other additives, silane coupling agents, surfactants, rheology modifiers, pigments, dyes, storage stability, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Agents, antifoaming agents, antioxidants, and the like.
  • the cured film forming composition of the embodiment of the present invention is often used in a solution state dissolved in a solvent.
  • the solvent used in that case is one that dissolves the component (A), the component (B), the component (C) and the component (D), and if necessary, the component (E) and / or other additives.
  • the solvent include, for example, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether Acetate, propylene glycol propyl ether acetate, cyclopentyl methyl ether, isopropyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 2-butanone, 3-methyl-2-pentanone, 2-pentanone, 2-heptanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone , Ethyl 2-hydroxypropionate, 2- Ethyl droxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl hydroxyacetate
  • solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the cured film forming composition of the embodiment of the present invention is a thermosetting cured film forming composition having photo-alignment properties.
  • the cured film forming composition of the present embodiment is at least one selected from the low molecular compound and polymer as the component (A), and the hydroxy group, carboxyl group, amide group, amino group as the component (B).
  • a polymer having at least one substituent selected from an alkoxysilyl group and a group represented by the above formula (2), (C) a crosslinking agent as component, and (D) component It contains a low molecular compound having at least one polymerizable group containing a C double bond and having at least one N-alkoxymethyl group.
  • a crosslinking catalyst can be contained as (E) component.
  • another additive can be contained and a solvent can be contained further.
  • the mixing ratio of the component (A) and the component (B) is preferably 5:95 to 80:20 by mass ratio.
  • the content of the component (B) is excessive, the liquid crystal orientation is liable to be lowered, and when it is too small, the solvent resistance is lowered and the orientation is liable to be lowered.
  • Preferred examples of the cured film forming composition of the present embodiment are as follows.
  • the blending ratio with the polymer having at least one substituent selected is 5:95 to 80:20 by mass ratio, and the low molecular weight compound as the component (A) and at least one selected from the polymer and the component (B) Based on 100 parts by mass of the total amount with the polymer, 10 to 100 parts by mass of the (C) component crosslinking agent, and the (A) component low molecular compound and polymer In 100 molecules of the total amount of at least one kind selected from the polymer of the component (B) and the crosslink
  • the blending ratio of the component (A) and the component (B) is 5:95 to 80:20 by mass ratio, and the component (A) is at least one selected from low molecular compounds and polymers, and (B) 10 parts by mass to 100 parts by mass of component (C) based on 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the components with the polymer, and at least one selected from low molecular compounds and polymers as component (A), component (B)
  • the blending ratio of the component (A) and the component (B) is 5:95 to 80:20 by mass ratio, and the component (A) is at least one selected from low molecular compounds and polymers, and (B) 10 parts by weight to 100 parts by weight of component (C) based on 100 parts by weight of the total amount of the component polymer, component (A), low molecular weight compound, and polymer selected from polymer (B) And 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the crosslinking agent of component (C), selected from 0.1 part by mass to 40 parts by mass of component (D), and (A) component low molecular weight compound and polymer.
  • the blending ratio, preparation method, and the like when the cured film forming composition of the present embodiment is used as a solution will be described in detail below.
  • the ratio of the solid content in the cured film forming composition of the present embodiment is not particularly limited as long as each component is uniformly dissolved in the solvent, but is 1% by mass to 80% by mass, preferably It is 3% by mass to 60% by mass, and more preferably 5% by mass to 40% by mass.
  • solid content means what remove
  • the method for preparing the cured film forming composition of the present embodiment is not particularly limited.
  • a preparation method for example, the (A) component, the (C) component, the (D) component, and the (E) component are mixed in a predetermined ratio to the solution of the (B) component dissolved in the solvent to obtain a uniform solution. Or a method in which other additives are further added and mixed as necessary at an appropriate stage of the preparation method.
  • a solution of a specific copolymer obtained by a polymerization reaction in a solvent can be used as it is.
  • the (A) component, the (C) component, the (D) component, and the (E) component are added to the solution prepared from the (B) component acrylic polymer to obtain a uniform solution.
  • a solvent may be further added for the purpose of adjusting the concentration.
  • the solvent used in the preparation process of the component (B) and the solvent used for adjusting the concentration of the cured film forming composition may be the same or different.
  • the prepared cured film-forming composition solution is preferably used after being filtered using a filter having a pore size of about 0.2 ⁇ m.
  • the cured film forming composition of this embodiment of the present invention is represented by (A) a photo-alignment group and a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group, and the above formula (2).
  • a low molecular compound having at least one substituent selected from the group to be selected and at least one selected from polymers (B) a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group, and the above formula (2) And a polymer having at least one substituent selected from the above groups.
  • the photoalignment group constitutes a hydrophobic photoreactive portion, and includes a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group, and the above At least one substituent selected from the group represented by the formula (2) constitutes a hydrophilic thermal reaction part.
  • the hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, amide group, amino group, alkoxysilyl group and at least one substituent selected from the group represented by the above formula (2) are also hydrophilic.
  • the cured film formed from the cured film forming composition of the present embodiment is formed with hydrophilic inside due to the nature of the component (B) so that the film structure is stabilized.
  • at least 1 type chosen from the low molecular compound and polymer of (A) component in a cured film comes to be unevenly distributed in the surface vicinity of a cured film.
  • at least one selected from the low molecular compound and polymer of the component (A) has a structure in which the hydrophilic thermal reaction part faces the inner side of the cured film and the hydrophobic photoreaction part faces the surface side. While being removed, it is unevenly distributed near the surface of the cured film.
  • the cured film of the present embodiment realizes a structure in which the ratio of the photoreactive group of the component (A) existing near the surface is increased. And when the cured film of this embodiment is used as an alignment material, the efficiency of the photoreaction for photo-alignment can be improved and it can have the outstanding orientation sensitivity. Furthermore, it becomes an orientation material suitable for formation of a patterned phase difference material, and the patterned phase difference material manufactured using this can have the outstanding pattern formation property.
  • the cured film forming composition of this embodiment contains a crosslinking agent as (C) component as mentioned above. Therefore, in the cured film obtained from the cured film-forming composition of the present embodiment, before the photoreaction with at least one photoalignable group selected from the low molecular compound and polymer of the component (A) (C ) A crosslinking reaction by a thermal reaction with a crosslinking agent can be performed. As a result, when used as an alignment material, it is possible to improve the resistance to the polymerizable liquid crystal applied thereon and its solvent.
  • the compound as component (D) is between the cured polymerizable liquid crystal layer formed thereon. It functions to reinforce the adhesion.
  • a solution of the cured film forming composition according to the present embodiment is applied to a substrate (for example, a silicon / silicon dioxide-coated substrate, a silicon nitride substrate, a substrate coated with a metal such as aluminum, molybdenum, or chromium, a glass substrate, or a quartz substrate.
  • a substrate for example, a silicon / silicon dioxide-coated substrate, a silicon nitride substrate, a substrate coated with a metal such as aluminum, molybdenum, or chromium, a glass substrate, or a quartz substrate.
  • a cured film can be formed by coating by slit coating, spin coating following the slit, inkjet coating, printing, or the like to form a coating film, followed by heat drying with a hot plate or oven.
  • TAC triacetyl cellulose
  • cycloolefin polymer film polyethylene terephthalate film
  • resin film such as acrylic film
  • bar coating spin coating
  • flow coating roll coating
  • a cured film can be formed by coating by slit coating, spin coating following the slit, inkjet coating, printing, or the like to form a coating film, followed by heat drying with a hot plate or oven.
  • the heating and drying conditions may be such that the curing reaction proceeds to such an extent that the alignment material component formed from the cured film does not elute into the polymerizable liquid crystal solution applied thereon, for example, a temperature of 60 ° C. to 200 ° C.
  • the heating temperature and the heating time appropriately selected from the range of time 0.4 minutes to 60 minutes are employed.
  • the heating temperature and heating time are preferably 70 ° C. to 160 ° C., 0.5 minutes to 10 minutes.
  • the film thickness of the cured film formed using the curable composition of the present embodiment is, for example, 0.05 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m, and is appropriately selected in consideration of the level difference of the substrate to be used and the optical and electrical properties. be able to.
  • the cured film thus formed can function as an alignment material, that is, a member for aligning a liquid crystalline compound including a polymerizable liquid crystal by performing polarized UV irradiation.
  • ultraviolet light or visible light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 450 nm is usually used, and irradiation is performed by irradiating linearly polarized light from a vertical or oblique direction at room temperature or in a heated state.
  • the alignment material formed from the cured film composition of the present embodiment has solvent resistance and heat resistance, after applying a retardation material comprising a polymerizable liquid crystal solution on the alignment material, the liquid crystal The phase difference material is brought into a liquid crystal state by heating up to the phase transition temperature, and aligned on the alignment material. Then, the retardation material in a desired orientation state is cured as it is, and a retardation material having a layer having optical anisotropy can be formed.
  • the retardation material for example, a liquid crystal monomer having a polymerizable group and a composition containing the same are used. And when the board
  • the phase difference material that forms such a phase difference material is in a liquid crystal state and has an alignment state such as horizontal alignment, cholesteric alignment, vertical alignment, hybrid alignment, etc. on the alignment material. It can be used properly according to the phase difference characteristic.
  • the patterned phase difference material used for 3D display it is predetermined
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal in a liquid crystal state is aligned on an alignment material on which two types of liquid crystal alignment regions are formed, and forms an alignment state corresponding to each liquid crystal alignment region. Then, the retardation material in which such an orientation state is realized is cured as it is, the above-described orientation state is fixed, and a plurality of two kinds of retardation regions having different retardation characteristics are regularly arranged. A phase difference material can be obtained.
  • the alignment material formed from the cured film composition of this embodiment can also be used as a liquid crystal alignment film of a liquid crystal display element.
  • the alignment materials on both the substrates are bonded to each other via a spacer, and then between the substrates.
  • a liquid crystal display element in which liquid crystal is aligned can be manufactured by injecting liquid crystal into the liquid crystal. Therefore, the cured film forming composition of this Embodiment can be used suitably for manufacture of various retardation materials (retardation film), a liquid crystal display element, etc.
  • compositional components used in Examples and their abbreviations Each composition component used in the following examples and comparative examples is as follows.
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • t-Bu represents a tert-butyl group.
  • CIN 4 4- (6-Methacryloxyhexyl-1-oxy) cinnamic acid
  • Polyester polyol polymer (Adipic acid / diethylene glycol copolymer having the following structural units. Molecular weight 4,800) (In the above formula, R represents alkylene.)
  • Each of the cured film forming compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples contained a solvent, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PM), butyl acetate (BA), and methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) were used as the solvent.
  • PM propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • BA butyl acetate
  • MEK methyl ethyl ketone
  • Example 1 3.5 g of MAA, 7.0 g of MMA, 7.0 g of HEMA, and 0.5 g of AIBN as a polymerization catalyst were dissolved in 53.9 g of PM and reacted at 70 ° C. for 20 hours to obtain an acrylic copolymer solution (solid content concentration). 25% by mass) (P1) was obtained. Mn of the obtained acrylic copolymer was 10,300 and Mw was 24,600.
  • BMAA Nn-butoxymethylacrylamide
  • AIBN AIBN as a polymerization catalyst
  • the mixed solution of the two organic layers was further washed with 170 g of brine, and the obtained organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate. Magnesium sulfate was removed by filtration, and the resulting dichloromethane solution was concentrated and dried to obtain the desired [D-6] (16.2 g, 33.1 mmol, yield 91.0%).
  • the structure of the compound [D-6] was confirmed by obtaining the following spectral data by 1 H-NMR analysis.
  • the acrylic film used as the substrate can be prepared, for example, by the following method. That is, raw material pellets made of a copolymer containing methyl methacrylate as a main component are melted by an extruder at 250 ° C., passed through a T-die, and an acrylic film having a thickness of 40 ⁇ m is formed through a casting roll and a drying roll. can do.
  • a TAC film can be similarly produced.
  • Examples 1 to 18 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 Each cured film formation composition of an Example and a comparative example was prepared with the composition shown in Table 1, and orientation, pattern formation property, and adhesiveness were evaluated about each.
  • the coating film on this substrate was exposed at 300 mJ / cm 2 to produce a retardation material.
  • the phase difference material on the prepared substrate is sandwiched between a pair of polarizing plates, the state of the phase difference characteristic in the phase difference material is observed, ⁇ if the phase difference is expressed without defects, and no phase difference is expressed This was described as x in the column of “Orientation” in Table 2.
  • the alignment material obtained by using the cured film forming compositions of Examples 1 to 18 showed good alignment properties, similar to the alignment material obtained by using the cured film forming composition of the comparative example.
  • the alignment material obtained using the cured film forming compositions of Examples 1 to 18 showed good pattern formability similarly to the alignment material obtained using the cured film forming composition of the comparative example. It was.
  • the cured films obtained using the cured film forming compositions of Examples 1 to 18 maintained high adhesion even after high temperature and high humidity treatment, and exhibited excellent adhesion durability. On the other hand, it was difficult for the cured film obtained using the cured film forming composition of the comparative example to maintain the initial adhesion after the high temperature and high humidity treatment.
  • the cured film forming composition according to the present invention is very useful as an alignment material for forming a liquid crystal alignment film of a liquid crystal display element and an optically anisotropic film provided inside or outside the liquid crystal display element, It is suitable as a material for forming a patterned retardation material for a 3D display. Further, a material for forming a cured film such as a protective film, a planarizing film and an insulating film in various displays such as a thin film transistor (TFT) type liquid crystal display element and an organic EL element, in particular, an interlayer insulating film and a color filter of the TFT type liquid crystal element It is also suitable as a material for forming a protective film or an insulating film of an organic EL element.
  • TFT thin film transistor

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
  • Graft Or Block Polymers (AREA)
  • Processes Of Treating Macromolecular Substances (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)

Abstract

[Problem] To provide a composition for forming a cured film that is suitable for forming a cured film that has excellent liquid crystal alignment properties and adhesion durability, to provide an alignment material, and to use the alignment material to provide a retardation material. [Solution] A composition for forming a cured film that contains: (A) at least one substance selected from among low molecular weight compounds that comprise a photoalignable group and at least one group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group, and the group that is represented by formula (2) (chemical formula (1)) and polymers that comprise a photoalignable group and a substituent that is selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group, and the group that is represented by formula (2); (B) a polymer that comprises at least one substituent selected from among a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group, and the group that is represented by formula (2); (C) a crosslinking agent; and (D) a low molecular weight compound that comprises at least one polymerizable group having a C=C double bond per molecule thereof and at least one N-alkoxymethyl group. The composition for forming a cured film is used to form a cured film, and photoalignment technology is used to form the alignment material. A polymerizable liquid crystal is applied on the alignment material and cured in order to obtain the retardation material.

Description

硬化膜形成組成物、配向材および位相差材Cured film forming composition, alignment material and retardation material
 本発明は、硬化膜形成組成物、配向材および位相差材に関する。 The present invention relates to a cured film forming composition, an alignment material, and a retardation material.
 近年、液晶パネルを用いたテレビ等のディスプレイの分野においては、高性能化に向けた取り組みとして、3D画像を楽しむことができる3Dディスプレイの開発が進められている。3Dディスプレイでは、例えば、観察者の右目に右目用画像を視認させ、観察者の左目に左目用画像を視認させることにより、立体感のある画像を表示させることができる。 In recent years, in the field of displays such as televisions using liquid crystal panels, development of 3D displays that can enjoy 3D images is being promoted as an effort to improve performance. In the 3D display, for example, a right-eye image is visually recognized by an observer's right eye, and a left-eye image is visually recognized by an observer's left eye, whereby a stereoscopic image can be displayed.
 3D画像を表示する3Dディスプレイの方式には多様なものがあり、専用のメガネを必要としない方式としては、レンチキュラレンズ方式およびパララックスバリア方式等が知られている。
 そして、観察者がメガネを着用して3D画像を観察するディスプレイの方式の1つとしては、円偏光メガネ方式等が知られている(例えば、特許文献1を参照。)。
There are various 3D display methods for displaying 3D images, and lenticular lens methods, parallax barrier methods, and the like are known as methods that do not require dedicated glasses.
And as one of the display systems in which an observer wears glasses and observes a 3D image, a circularly polarized glasses system or the like is known (see, for example, Patent Document 1).
 円偏光メガネ方式の3Dディスプレイの場合、液晶パネル等の画像を形成する表示素子の上に位相差材が配置されるのが通常である。この位相差材は、位相差特性の異なる2種類の位相差領域がそれぞれ複数、規則的に配置されており、パターニングされた位相差材を構成している。尚、以下、本明細書においては、このような位相差特性の異なる複数の位相差領域を配置するようにパターン化された位相差材をパターン化位相差材と称する。 In the case of a circularly polarized glasses type 3D display, a retardation material is usually disposed on a display element such as a liquid crystal panel. In this retardation material, a plurality of two kinds of retardation regions having different retardation characteristics are regularly arranged, and a patterned retardation material is formed. Hereinafter, in the present specification, a retardation material patterned so as to arrange a plurality of retardation regions having different retardation characteristics is referred to as a patterned retardation material.
 パターン化位相差材は、例えば、特許文献2に開示されるように、重合性液晶からなる位相差材料を光学パターニングすることで作製することができる。重合性液晶からなる位相差材料の光学パターニングは、液晶パネルの配向材形成で知られた光配向技術を利用する。すなわち、基板上に光配向性の材料からなる塗膜を設け、これに偏光方向が異なる2種類の偏光を照射する。そして、液晶の配向制御方向の異なる2種類の液晶配向領域が形成された配向材として光配向膜を得る。この光配向膜の上に重合性液晶を含む溶液状の位相差材料を塗布し、重合性液晶の配向を実現する。その後、配向された重合性液晶を硬化してパターン化位相差材を形成する。 The patterned retardation material can be produced, for example, by optically patterning a retardation material made of a polymerizable liquid crystal as disclosed in Patent Document 2. Optical patterning of a retardation material made of a polymerizable liquid crystal utilizes a photo-alignment technique known for forming an alignment material for a liquid crystal panel. That is, a coating film made of a photo-alignment material is provided on a substrate, and two types of polarized light having different polarization directions are irradiated on the coating film. Then, a photo-alignment film is obtained as an alignment material in which two types of liquid crystal alignment regions having different liquid crystal alignment control directions are formed. A solution-like retardation material containing a polymerizable liquid crystal is applied on the photo-alignment film to realize the alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal. Thereafter, the aligned polymerizable liquid crystal is cured to form a patterned retardation material.
 液晶パネルの光配向技術を用いた配向材形成では、利用可能な光配向性の材料として、側鎖にシンナモイル基およびカルコン基等の光二量化部位を有するアクリル樹脂やポリイミド樹脂等が知られている。これらの樹脂は、偏光UV照射することにより、液晶の配向を制御する性能(以下、液晶配向性とも言う。)を示すことが報告されている(特許文献3乃至特許文献5を参照。)。 In the formation of alignment materials using the photo-alignment technology of liquid crystal panels, acrylic resins and polyimide resins having photodimerization sites such as cinnamoyl groups and chalcone groups in the side chain are known as usable photo-alignment materials. . These resins have been reported to exhibit the ability to control the alignment of liquid crystals (hereinafter also referred to as liquid crystal alignment) by irradiation with polarized UV (see Patent Documents 3 to 5).
特開平10-232365号公報Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-232365 特開2005-49865号公報JP 2005-49865 A 特許第3611342号明細書Japanese Patent No. 3611342 特開2009-058584号公報JP 2009-058584 A 特表2001-517719号公報JP-T-2001-517719
 以上のように、パターン化位相差材は、配向材である光配向膜の上に、硬化された重合性液晶の層を積層して構成される。そして、そのような積層構造を有するパターン化位相差材は、その積層状態のままで3Dディスプレイの構成に用いることができる。 As described above, the patterned retardation material is configured by laminating a cured polymerizable liquid crystal layer on a photo-alignment film that is an alignment material. And the patterned phase difference material which has such a laminated structure can be used for the structure of 3D display with the laminated state.
 3Dディスプレイは、家庭用のテレビとして使用されることもあり、高い信頼性、特に長期間におよぶ耐久性が求められている。そのため、3Dディスプレイの構成部材に対しても、耐久性が求められている。したがって、パターン化位相差剤においても、高い精度で光学パターニングがなされていることや、高い光透過特性を有すること等とともに、長期間の耐久性が必須の性能となる。 The 3D display is sometimes used as a home television, and is required to have high reliability, particularly durability over a long period of time. For this reason, durability is also required for components of 3D displays. Accordingly, the patterned phase difference agent also has long-term durability as well as being subjected to optical patterning with high accuracy and having high light transmission characteristics.
 しかしながら、従来のパターン化位相差材では、光配向膜と重合性液晶の層との間の密着性に課題を有していた。例えば、光配向膜と重合性液晶の層との間で、形成初期から剥がれを生じやすいものや、形成初期には密着性に優れるものの、時間の経過とともに密着性が低下して剥離を生じやすくなるものがあった。 However, the conventional patterned retardation material has a problem in the adhesion between the photo-alignment film and the polymerizable liquid crystal layer. For example, between the photo-alignment film and the polymerizable liquid crystal layer, it is easy to peel off from the initial stage of formation, or it is excellent in adhesiveness at the initial stage of formation, but the adhesiveness is likely to deteriorate with the passage of time and easily peel off. There was something to be.
 なかでも、時間の経過とともに発生する、光配向膜と重合性液晶の層と間の剥離は、実際に使用する3Dディスプレイの欠陥となって、3Dディスプレイの表示品位を低下させる原因となる。そこで、高精度の光学パターンニングが可能で、光透過特性に優れ、さらに、耐久性に優れたパターン化位相差材が求められている。特に、形成初期の光配向膜と重合性液晶の層との間の密着性が優れるとともに、その優れた密着性を長い期間維持する耐久性(以下、本明細書においては、以下、密着耐久性と称する。)を備えたパターン化位相差材が求められている。 In particular, peeling between the photo-alignment film and the polymerizable liquid crystal layer, which occurs with the passage of time, becomes a defect in a 3D display that is actually used and causes the display quality of the 3D display to deteriorate. Accordingly, there is a need for a patterned phase difference material that is capable of high-precision optical patterning, has excellent light transmission characteristics, and has excellent durability. In particular, the adhesion between the photo-alignment film at the initial stage of formation and the polymerizable liquid crystal layer is excellent, and the durability for maintaining the excellent adhesion for a long period of time (hereinafter referred to as adhesion durability in the present specification). There is a need for a patterned retardation material comprising:
 本発明は、以上の知見や検討結果に基づいてなされたものである。すなわち、本発明の目的は、優れた液晶配向性と光透過特性とを有し、密着耐久性に優れた硬化膜の形成に好適な硬化膜形成組成物を提供することである。特に、配向材として使用されて、その上に重合性液晶の層が配置されたときに、優れた液晶配向性と光透過性を示すとともに、重合性液晶の層との間の密着性を長期間維持できる、密着耐久性に優れた硬化膜を形成する硬化膜形成組成物を提供することである。 The present invention has been made based on the above knowledge and examination results. That is, an object of the present invention is to provide a cured film forming composition suitable for forming a cured film having excellent liquid crystal orientation and light transmission characteristics and excellent adhesion durability. In particular, when it is used as an alignment material and a polymerizable liquid crystal layer is disposed thereon, it exhibits excellent liquid crystal alignment and light transmission properties, and has a long adhesion with the polymerizable liquid crystal layer. It is to provide a cured film forming composition that can be maintained for a period and forms a cured film having excellent adhesion durability.
 本発明の目的は、液晶配向性と光透過特性に優れ、密着耐久性に優れた配向材を提供することである。 An object of the present invention is to provide an alignment material that is excellent in liquid crystal alignment and light transmission characteristics and excellent in adhesion durability.
 本発明の目的は、高精度な光学パターニングが可能で、耐久性に優れた位相差材を提供することである。 An object of the present invention is to provide a retardation material capable of high-precision optical patterning and having excellent durability.
 本発明の他の目的および利点は、以下の記載から明らかとなるであろう。 Other objects and advantages of the present invention will become apparent from the following description.
 本発明の第1の態様は、
 (A)光配向性基と、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミド基、アミノ基、アルコキシシリル基および下記式(2)で表される基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基とを有する低分子化合物並びに光配向性基と、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミド基、アミノ基およびアルコキシシリル基および下記式(2)で表される基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基とを有するポリマーから選ばれる少なくとも一種、
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(式中、R62はアルキル基、アルコキシ基又はフェニル基を表す。)
 (B)ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミド基、アミノ基、アルコキシシリル基および上記式(2)で表される基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有するポリマー、
 (C)架橋剤、並びに
 (D)1分子中にC=C二重結合を含む重合性基を少なくとも1つを有し且つN-アルコキシメチル基を少なくとも1つ有する低分子化合物
を含有することを特徴とする硬化膜形成組成物に関する。
The first aspect of the present invention is:
(A) a low orientation having a photo-alignment group and at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group and a group represented by the following formula (2) Polymer having molecular compound and photo-alignment group, and at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group and a group represented by the following formula (2) At least one selected from
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(Wherein R 62 represents an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a phenyl group.)
(B) a polymer having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group and a group represented by the above formula (2);
(C) a crosslinking agent, and (D) a low molecular compound having at least one polymerizable group containing a C═C double bond and at least one N-alkoxymethyl group in one molecule. It relates to the cured film formation composition characterized by these.
 本発明の第1の態様において、(A)成分は、光配向性基とヒドロキシ基及び/またはカルボキシル基とを有する低分子化合物並びに光配向性基とヒドロキシ基及び/またはカルボキシル基とを有するポリマーから選ばれる一種であることが好ましい。 In the first embodiment of the present invention, the component (A) is a low molecular compound having a photoalignment group and a hydroxy group and / or a carboxyl group, and a polymer having a photoalignment group and a hydroxy group and / or a carboxyl group. It is preferable that it is 1 type chosen from.
本発明の第1の態様において、(D)成分の化合物は、下記の式(1)で表される構造を有する化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(式中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Rは水素原子又は直鎖又は分岐鎖の炭素原子数1乃至10のアルキル基を表す。)、
1st aspect of this invention WHEREIN: It is preferable that the compound of (D) component is a compound which has a structure represented by following formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(Wherein R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms),
本発明の第1の態様において、(D)成分の化合物は、下記の式(X2)で表される構造を有する化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

 [式中、R51は水素原子又はメチル基を表す。R53はそれぞれ独立に直鎖又は分岐鎖の炭素原子数2乃至20のアルキレン基、炭素原子数5乃至6の脂肪族環からなる二価の基、若しくは炭素原子数5乃至6の脂肪族環を含む二価の脂肪族基を表し、これらの基の構造中にエーテル結合を含んでいてもよい。R54は直鎖又は分岐鎖の炭素原子数2乃至20のアルキル基から水素原子をさらに1乃至8個取り去った構造からなる二価乃至九価の基、炭素原子数5乃至6の脂肪族環基から水素原子をさらに1乃至8個取り去った構造からなる二価乃至九価の基、若しくは炭素原子数5乃至6の脂肪族環を含む二価乃至九価の脂肪族基を表し、構造中にエーテル結合を含んでいてもよい。R52は直鎖又は分岐鎖の炭素原子数1乃至20のアルキル基、炭素原子数5乃至6の脂肪族環からなる一価の基、若しくは炭素原子数5乃至6の脂肪族環を含む一価の脂肪族基を表し、これらの基の一つのメチレンまたは隣り合わない複数のメチレン基がエーテル結合に置き換わっていてもよい。Zは>NCOO-、または-OCON<(ここで「-」は結合手が1つであることを示す。また、「>」「<」は結合手が2つであることを示す。N原子のいずれか一方の結合手は-CHOR52と結合している。)を表す。rは2以上9以下の自然数である。]
1st aspect of this invention WHEREIN: It is preferable that the compound of (D) component is a compound which has a structure represented by following formula (X2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

[Wherein, R 51 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 53 is independently a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a divalent group consisting of an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms, or an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms. It represents a divalent aliphatic group containing, and an ether bond may be included in the structure of these groups. R 54 is a divalent to nonvalent radical having a structure in which 1 to 8 hydrogen atoms are further removed from a linear or branched alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms. Represents a divalent to a non-valent radical having a structure in which 1 to 8 hydrogen atoms are further removed from the group, or a divalent to a non-valent radical containing a C 5 to C 6 aliphatic ring, May contain an ether bond. R 52 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a monovalent group consisting of an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms, or an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms. Represents a divalent aliphatic group, and one methylene group or a plurality of non-adjacent methylene groups in these groups may be replaced by an ether bond. Z is> NCOO-, or -OCON <(where "-" indicates that there is one bond, and ">" and "<" indicate that there are two bonds. N atom Any one of the bonds represents a bond with —CH 2 OR 52 ). r is a natural number of 2 or more and 9 or less. ]
 本発明の第1の態様において、(E)架橋触媒を含有することが好ましい。 In the first aspect of the present invention, it is preferable to contain (E) a crosslinking catalyst.
 本発明の第2の態様は、本発明の第1の態様の硬化膜形成組成物を用いて得られることを特徴とする配向材に関する。 The second aspect of the present invention relates to an alignment material characterized by being obtained using the cured film forming composition of the first aspect of the present invention.
 本発明の第3の態様は、本発明の第1の態様の硬化膜形成組成物から得られる硬化膜を有することを特徴とする位相差材に関する。 The third aspect of the present invention relates to a retardation material characterized by having a cured film obtained from the cured film forming composition of the first aspect of the present invention.
 本発明の第1の態様によれば、優れた液晶配向性と光透過性とを有し、密着耐久性に優れた硬化膜の形成に好適な硬化膜形成組成物を提供することができる。 According to the first aspect of the present invention, it is possible to provide a cured film forming composition suitable for forming a cured film having excellent liquid crystal orientation and light transmittance and excellent adhesion durability.
 本発明の第2の態様によれば、液晶配向性と光透過性に優れ、密着耐久性に優れた配向材を提供することができる。 According to the second aspect of the present invention, it is possible to provide an alignment material that is excellent in liquid crystal alignment and light transmittance and excellent in adhesion durability.
 本発明の第3の態様によれば、高精度な光学パターニングが可能で、耐久性に優れた位相差材を提供することができる。 According to the third aspect of the present invention, it is possible to provide a retardation material that is capable of high-precision optical patterning and excellent in durability.
 上述したように、優れた耐久性のパターン化位相差材を製造するため、密着耐久性に優れた配向材、特に、硬化された重合性液晶の層との間の密着耐久性に優れた配向材が求められている。そして、そのような性能の配向材の形成に好適な硬化膜形成組成物が求められている。 As described above, an alignment material excellent in adhesion durability, in particular, an alignment excellent in adhesion durability with a cured polymerizable liquid crystal layer, in order to produce a patterned retardation material having excellent durability. There is a need for materials. And the cured film formation composition suitable for formation of the orientation material of such a performance is calculated | required.
 本発明者は、上述の要求に応えるべく、鋭意検討を行った結果、特定の組成を有する硬化膜形成組成物から得られる硬化膜が、光透過性に優れ、また、偏光露光によって液晶配向を規制する液晶配向性を示して配向材としての利用が可能であることを見出した。加えて、本発明者は、その特定の組成を有する硬化膜形成組成物から得られる硬化膜が、その上で重合硬化された重合性液晶の層との間で、優れた密着耐久性を示すことを見出した。すなわち、本発明の特定の組成を有する硬化膜形成組成物から得られた硬化膜は、重合性液晶の層との間の密着耐久性に優れた光配向膜を構成することができる。 As a result of intensive studies in order to meet the above requirements, the present inventor has found that a cured film obtained from a cured film-forming composition having a specific composition is excellent in light transmittance, and has a liquid crystal orientation by polarization exposure. It has been found that it can be used as an alignment material by showing liquid crystal alignment to be regulated. In addition, the present inventor shows excellent adhesion durability between the cured film obtained from the cured film-forming composition having the specific composition and the polymerizable liquid crystal layer polymerized and cured thereon. I found out. That is, the cured film obtained from the cured film-forming composition having a specific composition of the present invention can constitute a photo-alignment film having excellent adhesion durability with the polymerizable liquid crystal layer.
 以下において、本発明の硬化膜形成組成物について、成分等の具体例を挙げながら詳細に説明する。そして、本発明の硬化膜形成組成物を用いた本発明の硬化膜および配向材、並びに、その配向材を用いて形成される位相差材および液晶表示素子等について説明する。 Hereinafter, the cured film forming composition of the present invention will be described in detail with specific examples of components and the like. The cured film and alignment material of the present invention using the cured film forming composition of the present invention, the retardation material formed using the alignment material, the liquid crystal display element, and the like will be described.
<硬化膜形成組成物>
 本発明の本実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物は、(A)光配向性基と、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミド基、アミノ基、アルコキシシリル基および上記式(2)で表される基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基とを有する低分子化合物並びに光配向性基と、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミド基、アミノ基およびアルコキシシリル基および上記式(2)で表される基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基とを有するポリマーから選ばれる少なくとも一種、(B)ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミド基、アミノ基、アルコキシシリル基および上記式(2)で表される基から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有するポリマー、(C)成分として架橋剤、並びに、(D)1分子中にC=C二重結合を含む重合性基を少なくとも1つを有し且つN-アルコキシメチル基を少なくとも1つ有する低分子化合物を含有する熱硬化性の硬化膜形成組成物である。さらに、(A)成分、(B)成分、(C)成分および(D)成分に加えて、(E)成分として架橋触媒を含有することができる。さらに、本発明の効果を損なわない限りにおいて、その他の添加剤を含有することができる。さらに、溶剤を含有することができる。
 以下、各成分の詳細を説明する。
<Curing film forming composition>
The cured film forming composition of this embodiment of the present invention comprises (A) a photo-alignment group, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group, and a group represented by the above formula (2). A low molecular weight compound having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of: a photoalignment group, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group, and a group represented by the above formula (2) At least one selected from polymers having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of: (B) a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group, and a group represented by the above formula (2) Polymer having at least one selected substituent, (C) crosslinker as component, and (D) polymerizability containing C═C double bond in one molecule The at least one of a and N- alkoxymethyl group having at least one low-molecular compound curable film-forming composition of the thermosetting containing. Furthermore, in addition to the component (A), the component (B), the component (C) and the component (D), a crosslinking catalyst can be contained as the component (E). Furthermore, other additives can be contained as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Furthermore, a solvent can be contained.
Hereinafter, details of each component will be described.
[(A)成分]
 本実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物の(A)成分は、低分子光配向成分及び高分子光配向成分から選ばれる少なくとも一種である。まずは、(A)成分が低分子光配向成分である場合について、以下に説明する。(A)成分である低分子光配向成分は、本実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物から得られる本実施形態の硬化膜に光配向性を付与する成分であり、ベースとなる後述の(B)成分のポリマーに比べて低分子の光配向成分となる。
[(A) component]
(A) component of the cured film formation composition of this embodiment is at least 1 type chosen from a low molecular photo-alignment component and a polymer photo-alignment component. First, the case where the component (A) is a low molecular photo-alignment component will be described below. The low molecular photo-alignment component that is the component (A) is a component that imparts photo-alignment to the cured film of the present embodiment obtained from the cured film-forming composition of the present embodiment. It becomes a low molecular photo-alignment component compared with the component polymer.
 本実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物において、(A)成分である低分子光配向成分は、光配向性基、並びに、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミド基、アミノ基、アルコキシシリル基および上記式(2)で表される基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有する低分子化合物とすることができる。
 尚、本発明において、光配向性基とは、光二量化または光異性化する構造部位の官能基を言う。
In the cured film forming composition of the present embodiment, the low molecular photoalignment component as the component (A) includes a photoalignment group, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group, and the above formula ( A low molecular compound having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of groups represented by 2) can be obtained.
In the present invention, the photo-alignment group means a functional group at a structural site that undergoes photodimerization or photoisomerization.
 (A)成分の低分子化合物が光配向性基として有することのできる光二量化する構造部位とは、光照射により二量体を形成する部位であり、その具体例としては、シンナモイル基、カルコン基、クマリン基、アントラセン基等が挙げられる。これらのうち可視光領域での透明性の高さ、光二量化反応性の高さからシンナモイル基が好ましい。 The structural part to be photodimerized that the low molecular compound of the component (A) can have as a photoalignment group is a part that forms a dimer by light irradiation. Specific examples thereof include a cinnamoyl group and a chalcone group. , A coumarin group, an anthracene group and the like. Of these, a cinnamoyl group is preferred because of its high transparency in the visible light region and high photodimerization reactivity.
 また、(A)成分の低分子化合物が光配向性基として有することのできる光異性化する構造部位とは、光照射によりシス体とトランス体とに変わる構造部位を指し、その具体例としてはアゾベンゼン構造、スチルベン構造等からなる部位が挙げられる。これらのうち反応性の高さからアゾベンゼン構造が好ましい。
さらに本実施形態におけるアルコキシシリル基としては、トリメトキシシリル基、トリエトキシシリル基、トリイソプロポキシシリル基、ジメトキシメチルシリル基、ジエトキシメチルシリル基、ジイソプロポキシメチルシリル基、メトキシジメチルシリル基、エトキシジメチルシリル基等が挙げられる。
In addition, the photoisomerizable structural moiety that the low molecular compound of component (A) can have as a photoalignable group refers to a structural moiety that changes into a cis isomer and a trans isomer by light irradiation. Examples include an azobenzene structure, a stilbene structure, and the like. Of these, an azobenzene structure is preferred because of its high reactivity.
Furthermore, as the alkoxysilyl group in the present embodiment, a trimethoxysilyl group, a triethoxysilyl group, a triisopropoxysilyl group, a dimethoxymethylsilyl group, a diethoxymethylsilyl group, a diisopropoxymethylsilyl group, a methoxydimethylsilyl group, An ethoxydimethylsilyl group etc. are mentioned.
光配向性基とヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミド基、アミノ基、アルコキシシリル基および上記式(2)で表される基から選ばれる置換基のいずれか一つとを有する低分子化合物は、例えば、下記式で表される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
A low molecular compound having a photo-alignment group and any one of a substituent selected from a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group and a group represented by the above formula (2) is, for example, It is a compound represented by the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
前記式中、A1とA2はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子またはメチル基を表し、X11は単結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレア結合、ウレタン結合、アミノ結合、カルボニルまたはそれらの組み合わせから選ばれる1種又は2種以上の結合を介して、炭素原子数1乃至18のアルキル基、フェニル基、ビフェニル基またはそれらの組み合わせから選ばれる1乃至3の置換基が結合してなる構造を表す。X12は水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、炭素原子数1乃至18のアルキル基、フェニル基、ビフェニル基又はシクロヘキシル基を表す。その際、炭素原子数1乃至18のアルキル基、フェニル基、ビフェニル基及びシクロヘキシル基は、共有結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合、カルボニル又は尿素結合を介して結合してもよい。 In the above formula, A 1 and A 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and X 11 is a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urea bond, a urethane bond, an amino bond, an carbonyl, or their A structure in which one to three substituents selected from an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, or a combination thereof are bonded through one or two or more bonds selected from a combination Represents. X 12 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, or a cyclohexyl group. In this case, the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, the phenyl group, the biphenyl group, and the cyclohexyl group may be bonded through a covalent bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, a carbonyl, or a urea bond. .
上記式中、X13はヒドロキシ基、メルカプト基、炭素原子数1乃至10のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数1乃至10のアルキルチオ基、フェノキシ基、ビフェニルオキシ基またはフェニル基を表す。X14はそれぞれ独立に単結合、炭素原子数1乃至20のアルキレン基、二価の芳香族環基、又は、二価の脂肪族環基を表す。ここで炭素原子数1乃至20のアルキレン基は分岐鎖状でも直鎖状でもよい。X15はヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミノ基、アルコキシシリル基または上記式(2)で表される基を表す。但し、X14が単結合であるときは、X15はヒドロキシ基またはアミノ基である。Xは単結合、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表す。但し、X14が単結合であるときは、Xも単結合である。
なお、これらの置換基においてベンゼン環が含まれる場合、当該ベンゼン環は、炭素原子数1乃至4のアルキル基、炭素原子数1乃至4のアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、トリフルオロメチル基およびシアノ基から選ばれる同一又は相異なる1または複数の置換基によって置換されていてもよい。
In the above formula, X 13 represents a hydroxy group, a mercapto group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenoxy group, a biphenyloxy group, or a phenyl group. X 14 each independently represents a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a divalent aromatic ring group, or a divalent aliphatic ring group. Here, the alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may be branched or linear. X 15 represents a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group or a group represented by the above formula (2). However, when X 14 is a single bond, X 15 is a hydroxy group or an amino group. X 0 represents a single bond, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. However, when X 14 is a single bond, X 0 is also a single bond.
In addition, when these substituents include a benzene ring, the benzene ring includes an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a trifluoromethyl group, and a cyano group. It may be substituted with one or a plurality of substituents which are the same or different.
上記式中、R11、R12、R13、R14、R15、R16、R17およびR18は、それぞれ独立して水素原子、炭素原子数1乃至4のアルキル基、炭素原子数1乃至4のアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、トリフルオロメチル基またはシアノ基を表す。
また、上記で定義された、炭素原子数1乃至18のアルキル基としては、例えばメチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、1-メチル-n-ブチル基、2-メチル-n-ブチル基、3-メチル-n-ブチル基、1,1-ジメチル-n-プロピル基、1,2-ジメチル-n-プロピル基、2,2-ジメチル-n-プロピル基、1-エチル-n-プロピル基、n-ヘキシル基、1-メチル-n-ペンチル基、2-メチル-n-ペンチル基、3-メチル-n-ペンチル基、4-メチル-n-ペンチル基、1,1-ジメチル-n-ブチル基、1,2-ジメチル-n-ブチル基、1,3-ジメチル-n-ブチル基、2,2-ジメチル-n-ブチル基、2,3-ジメチル-n-ブチル基、3,3-ジメチル-n-ブチル基、1-エチル-n-ブチル基、2-エチル-n-ブチル基、1,1,2-トリメチル-n-プロピル基、1,2,2-トリメチル-n-プロピル基、1-エチル-1-メチル-n-プロピル基、1-エチル-2-メチル-n-プロピル基、n-ヘプチル基、1-メチル-n-ヘキシル基、2-メチル-n-ヘキシル基、3-メチル-n-ヘキシル基、1,1-ジメチル-n-ペンチル基、1,2-ジメチル-n-ペンチル基、1,3-ジメチル-n-ペンチル基、2,2-ジメチル-n-ペンチル基、2,3-ジメチル-n-ペンチル基、3,3-ジメチル-n-ペンチル基、1-エチル-n-ペンチル基、2-エチル-n-ペンチル基、3-エチル-n-ペンチル基、1-メチル-1-エチル-n-ブチル基、1-メチル-2-エチル-n-ブチル基、1-エチル-2-メチル-n-ブチル基、2-メチル-2-エチル-n-ブチル基、2-エチル-3-メチル-n-ブチル基、n-オクチル基、1-メチル-n-ヘプチル基、2-メチル-n-ヘプチル基、3-メチル-n-ヘプチル基、1,1-ジメチル-n-ヘキシル基、1,2-ジメチル-n-ヘキシル基、1,3-ジメチル-n-ヘキシル基、2,2-ジメチル-n-ヘキシル基、2,3-ジメチル-n-ヘキシル基、3,3-ジメチル-n-ヘキシル基、1-エチル-n-ヘキシル基、2-エチル-n-ヘキシル基、3-エチル-n-ヘキシル基、1-メチル-1-エチル-n-ペンチル基、1-メチル-2-エチル-n-ペンチル基、1-メチル-3-エチル-n-ペンチル基、2-メチル-2-エチル-n-ペンチル基、2-メチル-3-エチル-n-ペンチル基、3-メチル-3-エチル-n-ペンチル基、n-ノニル基、n-デシル基、n-ウンデシル基、n-ドデシル基、n-トリデシル基、n-テトラデシル基、n-ペンタデシル基、n-ヘキサデシル基、n-ヘプタデシル基、n-オクタデシル基が挙げられる。同様に炭素原子数1乃至4のアルキル基としては、上記に挙げられた基のうち該当する炭素原子数の基が挙げられる。
また、炭素原子数1乃至10のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数1乃至4のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数1乃至10のアルキルチオ基としては、上記に挙げられたアルキル基をオキシ化またはチオ化した基のうち該当する炭素原子数の基が挙げられる。
さらに炭素原子数1乃至20のアルキレン基としては、上記アルキル基ならびにn-ノナデシル基、n-エイコシル基等の炭素原子数19乃至20のアルキル基から1個の水素原子を取り去った二価の基が挙げられる。
In the above formula, R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 and R 18 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or 1 carbon atom. Represents an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a trifluoromethyl group, or a cyano group.
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms defined above include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert- Butyl group, n-pentyl group, 1-methyl-n-butyl group, 2-methyl-n-butyl group, 3-methyl-n-butyl group, 1,1-dimethyl-n-propyl group, 1,2- Dimethyl-n-propyl group, 2,2-dimethyl-n-propyl group, 1-ethyl-n-propyl group, n-hexyl group, 1-methyl-n-pentyl group, 2-methyl-n-pentyl group, 3-methyl-n-pentyl group, 4-methyl-n-pentyl group, 1,1-dimethyl-n-butyl group, 1,2-dimethyl-n-butyl group, 1,3-dimethyl-n-butyl group 2,2-dimethyl-n-butyl 2,3-dimethyl-n-butyl group, 3,3-dimethyl-n-butyl group, 1-ethyl-n-butyl group, 2-ethyl-n-butyl group, 1,1,2-trimethyl-n -Propyl group, 1,2,2-trimethyl-n-propyl group, 1-ethyl-1-methyl-n-propyl group, 1-ethyl-2-methyl-n-propyl group, n-heptyl group, 1- Methyl-n-hexyl group, 2-methyl-n-hexyl group, 3-methyl-n-hexyl group, 1,1-dimethyl-n-pentyl group, 1,2-dimethyl-n-pentyl group, 1,3 -Dimethyl-n-pentyl group, 2,2-dimethyl-n-pentyl group, 2,3-dimethyl-n-pentyl group, 3,3-dimethyl-n-pentyl group, 1-ethyl-n-pentyl group, 2-ethyl-n-pentyl group, 3-ethyl-n-pentyl group 1-methyl-1-ethyl-n-butyl group, 1-methyl-2-ethyl-n-butyl group, 1-ethyl-2-methyl-n-butyl group, 2-methyl-2-ethyl-n-butyl group Group, 2-ethyl-3-methyl-n-butyl group, n-octyl group, 1-methyl-n-heptyl group, 2-methyl-n-heptyl group, 3-methyl-n-heptyl group, 1,1 -Dimethyl-n-hexyl group, 1,2-dimethyl-n-hexyl group, 1,3-dimethyl-n-hexyl group, 2,2-dimethyl-n-hexyl group, 2,3-dimethyl-n-hexyl Group, 3,3-dimethyl-n-hexyl group, 1-ethyl-n-hexyl group, 2-ethyl-n-hexyl group, 3-ethyl-n-hexyl group, 1-methyl-1-ethyl-n- Pentyl group, 1-methyl-2-ethyl-n-pentyl group, 1-methyl Ru-3-ethyl-n-pentyl group, 2-methyl-2-ethyl-n-pentyl group, 2-methyl-3-ethyl-n-pentyl group, 3-methyl-3-ethyl-n-pentyl group, n-nonyl group, n-decyl group, n-undecyl group, n-dodecyl group, n-tridecyl group, n-tetradecyl group, n-pentadecyl group, n-hexadecyl group, n-heptadecyl group, n-octadecyl group Can be mentioned. Similarly, examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include groups having the corresponding number of carbon atoms among the groups listed above.
In addition, examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and the alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms include groups obtained by oxidizing or thiolating the alkyl groups listed above. Among them, groups having the corresponding number of carbon atoms are mentioned.
Further, the alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is a divalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the above alkyl group or an alkyl group having 19 to 20 carbon atoms such as n-nonadecyl group and n-eicosyl group. Is mentioned.
上記式(2)中、R62におけるアルキル基としては、炭素原子数1乃至10のアルキル基を挙げることができ、例えばメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基等、上記に例示したアルキル基のうち該当する炭素原子数の基が挙げられる。またR62におけるアルコキシ基としては炭素原子数1乃至10のアルコキシ基を挙げることができ、例えばメトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、ブトキシ基等、上記に例示したアルキル基をオキシ化した基のうち該当する炭素原子数の基が挙げられる。
上記式(2)で表される基としては、例えば、以下の構造等が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
In the above formula (2), examples of the alkyl group for R 62 include an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, and a butyl group. Group having the corresponding number of carbon atoms. Examples of the alkoxy group for R 62 include an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. For example, the alkyl groups exemplified above such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, and a butoxy group are oxidized. Group having the corresponding number of carbon atoms.
Examples of the group represented by the above formula (2) include the following structures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 (A)成分である、光配向性基とヒドロキシ基とを有する低分子化合物の具体例としては、例えば、4-(8-ヒドロキシオクチルオキシ)けい皮酸メチルエステル、4-(6-ヒドロキシヘキシルオキシ)けい皮酸メチルエステル、4-(4-ヒドロキシブチルオキシ)けい皮酸メチルエステル、4-(3-ヒドロキシプロピルオキシ)けい皮酸メチルエステル、4-(2-ヒドロキシエチルオキシ)けい皮酸メチルエステル、4-ヒドロキシメチルオキシけい皮酸メチルエステル、4-ヒドロキシけい皮酸メチルエステル、4-(8-ヒドロキシオクチルオキシ)けい皮酸エチルエステル、4-(6-ヒドロキシヘキシルオキシ)けい皮酸エチルエステル、4-(4-ヒドロキシブチルオキシ)けい皮酸エチルエステル、4-(3-ヒドロキシプロピルオキシ)けい皮酸エチルエステル、4-(2-ヒドロキシエチルオキシ)けい皮酸エチルエステル、4-ヒドロキシメチルオキシけい皮酸エチルエステル、4-ヒドロキシけい皮酸エチルエステル、4-(8-ヒドロキシオクチルオキシ)けい皮酸フェニルエステル、4-(6-ヒドロキシヘキシルオキシ)けい皮酸フェニルエステル、4-(4-ヒドロキシブチルオキシ)けい皮酸フェニルエステル、4-(3-ヒドロキシプロピルオキシ)けい皮酸フェニルエステル、4-(2-ヒドロキシエチルオキシ)けい皮酸フェニルエステル、4-ヒドロキシメチルオキシけい皮酸フェニルエステル、4-ヒドロキシけい皮酸フェニルエステル、4-(8-ヒドロキシオクチルオキシ)けい皮酸ビフェニルエステル、4-(6-ヒドロキシヘキシルオキシ)けい皮酸ビフェニルエステル、4-(4-ヒドロキシブチルオキシ)けい皮酸ビフェニルエステル、4-(3-ヒドロキシプロピルオキシ)けい皮酸ビフェニルエステル、4-(2-ヒドロキシエチルオキシ)けい皮酸ビフェニルエステル、4-ヒドロキシメチルオキシけい皮酸ビフェニルエステル、4-ヒドロキシけい皮酸ビフェニルエステル、けい皮酸8-ヒドロキオクチルエステル、けい皮酸6-ヒドロキシヘキシルエステル、けい皮酸4-ヒドロキシブチルエステル、けい皮酸3-ヒドロキシプロピルエステル、けい皮酸2-ヒドロキシエチルエステル、けい皮酸ヒドロキシメチルエステル、4-(8-ヒドロキシオクチルオキシ)カルコン、4-(6-ヒドロキシヘキシルオキシ)カルコン、4-(4-ヒドロキシブチルオキシ)カルコン、4-(3-ヒドロキシプロピルオキシ)カルコン、4-(2-ヒドロキシエチルオキシ)カルコン、4-ヒドロキシメチルオキシカルコン、4-ヒドロキシカルコン、4’-(8-ヒドロキシオクチルオキシ)カルコン、4’-(6-ヒドロキシヘキシルオキシ)カルコン、4’-(4-ヒドロキシブチルオキシ)カルコン、4’-(3-ヒドロキシプロピルオキシ)カルコン、4’-(2-ヒドロキシエチルオキシ)カルコン、4’-ヒドロキシメチルオキシカルコン、4’-ヒドロキシカルコン、7-(8-ヒドロキシオクチルオキシ)クマリン、7-(6-ヒドロキシヘキシルオキシ)クマリン、7-(4-ヒドロキシブチルオキシ)クマリン、7-(3-ヒドロキシプロピルオキシ)クマリン、7-(2-ヒドロキシエチルオキシ)クマリン、7-ヒドロキシメチルオキシクマリン、7-ヒドロキシクマリン、6-ヒドロキシオクチルオキシクマリン、6-ヒドロキシヘキシルオキシクマリン、6-(4-ヒドロキシブチルオキシ)クマリン、6-(3-ヒドロキシプロピルオキシ)クマリン、6-(2-ヒドロキシエチルオキシ)クマリン、6-ヒドロキシメチルオキシクマリン、6-ヒドロキシクマリン、4-[4-(8-ヒドロキシオクチルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸メチルエステル、4-[4-(6-ヒドロキシヘキシルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸メチルエステル、4-[4-(4-ヒドロキシブチルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸メチルエステル、4-[4-(3-ヒドロキシプロピルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸メチルエステル、4-[4-(2-ヒドロキシエチルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸メチルエステル、4-[4-ヒドロキシメチルオキシベンゾイル]けい皮酸メチルエステル、4-[4-ヒドロキシベンゾイル]けい皮酸メチルエステル、4-[4-(8-ヒドロキシオクチルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸エチルエステル、4-[4-(6-ヒドロキシヘキシルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸エチルエステル、4-[4-(4-ヒドロキシブチルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸エチルエステル、4-[4-(3-ヒドロキシプロピルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸エチルエステル、4-[4-(2-ヒドロキシエチルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸エチルエステル、4-[4-ヒドロキシメチルオキシベンゾイル]けい皮酸エチルエステル、4-[4-ヒドロキシベンゾイル]けい皮酸エチルエステル、4-[4-(8-ヒドロキシオクチルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸ターシャリーブチルエステル、4-[4-(6-ヒドロキシヘキシルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸ターシャリーブチルエステル、4-[4-(4-ヒドロキシブチルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸ターシャリーブチルエステル、4-[4-(3-ヒドロキシプロピルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸ターシャリーブチルエステル、4-[4-(2-ヒドロキシエチルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸ターシャリーブチルエステル、4-[4-ヒドロキシメチルオキシベンゾイル]けい皮酸ターシャリーブチルエステル、4-[4-(8-ヒドロキシオクチルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸フェニルエステル、4-[4-(6-ヒドロキシヘキシルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸フェニルエステル、4-[4-(4-ヒドロキシブチルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸フェニルエステル、4-[4-(3-ヒドロキシプロピルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸フェニルエステル、4-[4-(2-ヒドロキシエチルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸フェニルエステル、4-[4-ヒドロキシメチルオキシベンゾイル]けい皮酸フェニルエステル、4-[4-ヒドロキシベンゾイル]けい皮酸フェニルエステル、4-[4-(8-ヒドロキシオクチルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸ビフェニルエステル、4-[4-(6-ヒドロキシヘキシルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸ビフェニルエステル、4-[4-(4-ヒドロキシブチルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸ビフェニルエステル、4-[4-(3-ヒドロキシプロピルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸ビフェニルエステル、4-[4-(2-ヒドロキシエチルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸ビフェニルエステル、4-[4-ヒドロキシメチルオキシベンゾイル]けい皮酸ビフェニルエステル、4-[4-ヒドロキシベンゾイル]けい皮酸ビフェニルエステル、4-ベンゾイルけい皮酸8-ヒドロキオクチルエステル、4-ベンゾイルけい皮酸6-ヒドロキシヘキシルエステル、4-ベンゾイルけい皮酸4-ヒドロキシブチルエステル、4-ベンゾイルけい皮酸3-ヒドロキシプロピルエステル、4-ベンゾイルけい皮酸2-ヒドロキシエチルエステル、4-ベンゾイルけい皮酸ヒドロキシメチルエステル、4-[4-(8-ヒドロキシオクチルオキシ)ベンゾイル]カルコン、4-[4-(6-ヒドロキシヘキシルオキシ)ベンゾイル]カルコン、4-[4-(4-ヒドロキシブチルオキシ)ベンゾイル]カルコン、4-[4-(3-ヒドロキシプロピルオキシ)ベンゾイル]カルコン、4-[4-(2-ヒドロキシエチルオキシ)ベンゾイル]カルコン、4-(4-ヒドロキシメチルオキシベンゾイル)カルコン、4-(4-ヒドロキシベンゾイル)カルコン、4’-[4-(8-ヒドロキシオクチルオキシ)ベンゾイル]カルコン、4’-[4-(6-ヒドロキシヘキシルオキシ)ベンゾイル]カルコン、4’-[4-(4-ヒドロキシブチルオキシ)ベンゾイル]カルコン、4’-[4-(3-ヒドロキシプロピルオキシ)ベンゾイル]カルコン、4’-[4-(2-ヒドロキシエチルオキシ)ベンゾイル]カルコン、4’-(4-ヒドロキシメチルオキシベンゾイル)カルコン、4’-(4-ヒドロキシベンゾイル)カルコン等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the low molecular weight compound having a photo-alignable group and a hydroxy group as the component (A) include 4- (8-hydroxyoctyloxy) cinnamic acid methyl ester, 4- (6-hydroxyhexyl), and the like. Oxy) cinnamic acid methyl ester, 4- (4-hydroxybutyloxy) cinnamic acid methyl ester, 4- (3-hydroxypropyloxy) cinnamic acid methyl ester, 4- (2-hydroxyethyloxy) cinnamic acid Methyl ester, 4-hydroxymethyloxycinnamic acid methyl ester, 4-hydroxycinnamic acid methyl ester, 4- (8-hydroxyoctyloxy) cinnamic acid ethyl ester, 4- (6-hydroxyhexyloxy) cinnamic acid Ethyl ester, 4- (4-hydroxybutyloxy) cinnamic acid ethyl ester, 4- (3- Roxypropyloxy) cinnamic acid ethyl ester, 4- (2-hydroxyethyloxy) cinnamic acid ethyl ester, 4-hydroxymethyloxy cinnamic acid ethyl ester, 4-hydroxycinnamic acid ethyl ester, 4- (8- Hydroxyoctyloxy) cinnamic acid phenyl ester, 4- (6-hydroxyhexyloxy) cinnamic acid phenyl ester, 4- (4-hydroxybutyloxy) cinnamic acid phenyl ester, 4- (3-hydroxypropyloxy) silicic acid Cinnamic acid phenyl ester, 4- (2-hydroxyethyloxy) cinnamic acid phenyl ester, 4-hydroxymethyloxy cinnamic acid phenyl ester, 4-hydroxycinnamic acid phenyl ester, 4- (8-hydroxyoctyloxy) silicic acid Cinnamic acid biphenyl ester, 4- (6- Droxyhexyloxy) cinnamic acid biphenyl ester, 4- (4-hydroxybutyloxy) cinnamic acid biphenyl ester, 4- (3-hydroxypropyloxy) cinnamic acid biphenyl ester, 4- (2-hydroxyethyloxy) Cinnamic acid biphenyl ester, 4-hydroxymethyloxycinnamic acid biphenyl ester, 4-hydroxycinnamic acid biphenyl ester, cinnamic acid 8-hydroxyoctyl ester, cinnamic acid 6-hydroxyhexyl ester, cinnamic acid 4-hydroxy Butyl ester, cinnamic acid 3-hydroxypropyl ester, cinnamic acid 2-hydroxyethyl ester, cinnamic acid hydroxymethyl ester, 4- (8-hydroxyoctyloxy) chalcone, 4- (6-hydroxyhexyloxy) chalcone, 4- (4- Hydroxybutyloxy) chalcone, 4- (3-hydroxypropyloxy) chalcone, 4- (2-hydroxyethyloxy) chalcone, 4-hydroxymethyloxychalcone, 4-hydroxychalcone, 4 '-(8-hydroxyoctyloxy) Chalcone, 4 ′-(6-hydroxyhexyloxy) chalcone, 4 ′-(4-hydroxybutyloxy) chalcone, 4 ′-(3-hydroxypropyloxy) chalcone, 4 ′-(2-hydroxyethyloxy) chalcone, 4'-hydroxymethyloxychalcone, 4'-hydroxychalcone, 7- (8-hydroxyoctyloxy) coumarin, 7- (6-hydroxyhexyloxy) coumarin, 7- (4-hydroxybutyloxy) coumarin, 7- ( 3-hydroxypropyloxy) coumarin, -(2-hydroxyethyloxy) coumarin, 7-hydroxymethyloxycoumarin, 7-hydroxycoumarin, 6-hydroxyoctyloxycoumarin, 6-hydroxyhexyloxycoumarin, 6- (4-hydroxybutyloxy) coumarin, 6- ( 3-hydroxypropyloxy) coumarin, 6- (2-hydroxyethyloxy) coumarin, 6-hydroxymethyloxycoumarin, 6-hydroxycoumarin, 4- [4- (8-hydroxyoctyloxy) benzoyl] cinnamic acid methyl ester 4- [4- (6-hydroxyhexyloxy) benzoyl] cinnamic acid methyl ester, 4- [4- (4-hydroxybutyloxy) benzoyl] cinnamic acid methyl ester, 4- [4- (3-hydroxy Propyloxy) benzoyl] cinnamon Methyl ester, 4- [4- (2-hydroxyethyloxy) benzoyl] cinnamic acid methyl ester, 4- [4-hydroxymethyloxybenzoyl] cinnamic acid methyl ester, 4- [4-hydroxybenzoyl] cinnamic acid Methyl ester, 4- [4- (8-hydroxyoctyloxy) benzoyl] cinnamic acid ethyl ester, 4- [4- (6-hydroxyhexyloxy) benzoyl] cinnamic acid ethyl ester, 4- [4- (4 -Hydroxybutyloxy) benzoyl] cinnamic acid ethyl ester, 4- [4- (3-hydroxypropyloxy) benzoyl] cinnamic acid ethyl ester, 4- [4- (2-hydroxyethyloxy) benzoyl] cinnamic acid Ethyl ester, 4- [4-hydroxymethyloxybenzoyl] cinnamic acid ethyl ester 4- [4-hydroxybenzoyl] cinnamic acid ethyl ester, 4- [4- (8-hydroxyoctyloxy) benzoyl] cinnamic acid tertiary butyl ester, 4- [4- (6-hydroxyhexyloxy) Benzoyl] cinnamic acid tertiary butyl ester, 4- [4- (4-hydroxybutyloxy) benzoyl] cinnamic acid tertiary butyl ester, 4- [4- (3-hydroxypropyloxy) benzoyl] cinnamic acid tarsha L-butyl ester, 4- [4- (2-hydroxyethyloxy) benzoyl] cinnamic acid tertiary butyl ester, 4- [4-hydroxymethyloxybenzoyl] cinnamic acid tertiary butyl ester, 4- [4- ( 8-hydroxyoctyloxy) benzoyl] cinnamic acid phenyl ester, -[4- (6-hydroxyhexyloxy) benzoyl] cinnamic acid phenyl ester, 4- [4- (4-hydroxybutyloxy) benzoyl] cinnamic acid phenyl ester, 4- [4- (3-hydroxypropyloxy) ) Benzoyl] cinnamic acid phenyl ester, 4- [4- (2-hydroxyethyloxy) benzoyl] cinnamic acid phenyl ester, 4- [4-hydroxymethyloxybenzoyl] cinnamic acid phenyl ester, 4- [4- Hydroxybenzoyl] cinnamic acid phenyl ester, 4- [4- (8-hydroxyoctyloxy) benzoyl] cinnamic acid biphenyl ester, 4- [4- (6-hydroxyhexyloxy) benzoyl] cinnamic acid biphenyl ester, 4 -[4- (4-hydroxybutyloxy) benzoyl] cinnamon Biphenyl ester, 4- [4- (3-hydroxypropyloxy) benzoyl] cinnamic acid biphenyl ester, 4- [4- (2-hydroxyethyloxy) benzoyl] cinnamic acid biphenyl ester, 4- [4-hydroxymethyl Oxybenzoyl] cinnamic acid biphenyl ester, 4- [4-hydroxybenzoyl] cinnamic acid biphenyl ester, 4-benzoyl cinnamic acid 8-hydroxyoctyl ester, 4-benzoyl cinnamic acid 6-hydroxyhexyl ester, 4-benzoyl Cinnamic acid 4-hydroxybutyl ester, 4-benzoylcinnamic acid 3-hydroxypropyl ester, 4-benzoyl cinnamic acid 2-hydroxyethyl ester, 4-benzoyl cinnamic acid hydroxymethyl ester, 4- [4- (8 -Hydroxyoctyloxy ) Benzoyl] chalcone, 4- [4- (6-hydroxyhexyloxy) benzoyl] chalcone, 4- [4- (4-hydroxybutyloxy) benzoyl] chalcone, 4- [4- (3-hydroxypropyloxy) benzoyl ] Chalcone, 4- [4- (2-hydroxyethyloxy) benzoyl] chalcone, 4- (4-hydroxymethyloxybenzoyl) chalcone, 4- (4-hydroxybenzoyl) chalcone, 4 '-[4- (8- Hydroxyoctyloxy) benzoyl] chalcone, 4 ′-[4- (6-hydroxyhexyloxy) benzoyl] chalcone, 4 ′-[4- (4-hydroxybutyloxy) benzoyl] chalcone, 4 ′-[4- (3 -Hydroxypropyloxy) benzoyl] chalcone, 4 '-[4- (2-hydroxyethyl) Oxy) benzoyl] chalcone, 4 '- (4-hydroxymethyl-oxybenzoyl) chalcone, 4' - (4-hydroxybenzoyl) chalcone and the like.
 (A)成分である、光配向性基およびカルボキシル基を有する低分子化合物の具体例としては、けい皮酸、フェルラ酸、4-ニトロけい皮酸、4-メトキシけい皮酸、3,4-ジメトキシけい皮酸、クマリン-3-カルボン酸、4-(N,N-ジメチルアミノ)けい皮酸、4-(6-メタクリルオキシヘキシル-1-オキシ)けい皮酸、4-(6-アクリルオキシヘキシル-1-オキシ)けい皮酸、4-(3-メタクリルオキシプロピル-1-オキシ)けい皮酸、4-(4-(3-メタクリルオキシプロピル-1-オキシ)アクリルオキシ)安息香酸、4-(4-(6-メタクリルオキシヘキシル-1-オキシ)ベンゾイルオキシ)けい皮酸等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the low molecular weight compound having a photo-alignable group and a carboxyl group as component (A) include cinnamic acid, ferulic acid, 4-nitrocinnamic acid, 4-methoxycinnamic acid, 3,4- Dimethoxycinnamic acid, coumarin-3-carboxylic acid, 4- (N, N-dimethylamino) cinnamic acid, 4- (6-methacryloxyhexyl-1-oxy) cinnamic acid, 4- (6-acryloxy) (Hexyl-1-oxy) cinnamic acid, 4- (3-methacryloxypropyl-1-oxy) cinnamic acid, 4- (4- (3-methacryloxypropyl-1-oxy) acryloxy) benzoic acid, 4 And-(4- (6-methacryloxyhexyl-1-oxy) benzoyloxy) cinnamic acid.
 (A)成分である、光配向性基およびアミド基を有する低分子化合物の具体例としては、けい皮酸アミド、4-メチルけい皮酸アミド、4-エチルけい皮酸アミド、4-メトキシけい皮酸アミド、4-エトキシけい皮酸アミド4-(6-メタクリルオキシヘキシル-1-オキシ)シンナムアミド、4-(6-メタクリルオキシヘキシル-1-オキシ)-N-(4-シアノフェニル)シンナムアミド、4-(6-メタクリルオキシヘキシル-1-オキシ)-N-ビスヒドロキシエチルシンナムアミド等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the low molecular weight compound having a photo-alignable group and an amide group as component (A) include cinnamic acid amide, 4-methyl cinnamic acid amide, 4-ethyl cinnamic acid amide, 4-methoxy cinnamic acid. Cinnamamide, 4-ethoxycinnamic acid amide 4- (6-methacryloxyhexyl-1-oxy) cinnamamide, 4- (6-methacryloxyhexyl-1-oxy) -N- (4-cyanophenyl) cinnamamide, 4- (6-Methacryloxyhexyl-1-oxy) -N-bishydroxyethylcinnamamide and the like.
 (A)成分である、光配向性基およびアミノ基を有する低分子化合物の具体例としては、4-アミノけい皮酸メチルエステル、4-アミノけい皮酸エチルエステル、3-アミノけい皮酸メチルエステル、3-アミノけい皮酸エチルエステル等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the low molecular weight compound having a photo-alignable group and an amino group as component (A) include 4-aminocinnamic acid methyl ester, 4-aminocinnamic acid ethyl ester, and 3-aminocinnamic acid methyl ester. Examples include esters and 3-aminocinnamic acid ethyl ester.
 (A)成分である、光配向性基とアルコキシシリル基とを有する低分子化合物の具体例としては、4-(3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルオキシ)けい皮酸メチルエステル、4-(3-トリエトキシシリルプロピルオキシ)けい皮酸メチルエステル、4-(3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルオキシ)けい皮酸エチルエステル、4-(3-トリエトキシシリルプロピルオキシ)けい皮酸エチルエステル、4-(3-トリメトキシシリルヘキシルオキシ)けい皮酸メチルエステル、4-(3-トリエトキシシリルヘキシルオキシ)けい皮酸メチルエステル、4-(3-トリメトキシシリルヘキシルオキシ)けい皮酸エチルエステルおよび4-(3-トリエトキシシリルヘキシルオキシ)けい皮酸エチルエステル等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the low molecular weight compound having a photo-alignable group and an alkoxysilyl group as the component (A) include 4- (3-trimethoxysilylpropyloxy) cinnamic acid methyl ester, 4- (3-tri Ethoxysilylpropyloxy) cinnamic acid methyl ester, 4- (3-trimethoxysilylpropyloxy) cinnamic acid ethyl ester, 4- (3-triethoxysilylpropyloxy) cinnamic acid ethyl ester, 4- (3- Trimethoxysilylhexyloxy) cinnamic acid methyl ester, 4- (3-triethoxysilylhexyloxy) cinnamic acid methyl ester, 4- (3-trimethoxysilylhexyloxy) cinnamic acid ethyl ester and 4- (3 -Triethoxysilylhexyloxy) cinnamic acid ethyl ester and the like.
 (A)成分である、光配向性基と上記式(2)で表される基とを有する低分子化合物の具体例としては、下記式で表される化合物等が挙げられる(式中、Meはメチル基を表す。)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Specific examples of the low molecular weight compound having the photoalignable group and the group represented by the above formula (2), which are the component (A), include compounds represented by the following formula (wherein, Me Represents a methyl group).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 (A)成分としては、さらに下記式(1a)で表される光配向性部位と熱反応性部位とが結合した基に、スペーサーを介して重合性基が結合した低分子化合物が好ましい。 The component (A) is preferably a low-molecular compound in which a polymerizable group is bonded to a group in which a photo-alignment site and a thermally reactive site represented by the following formula (1a) are bonded via a spacer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(式中、R101はヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、ヒドロキシフェノキシ基、カルボキシルフェノキシ基、アミノフェノキシ基、アミノカルボニルフェノキシ基、フェニルアミノ基、ヒドロキシフェニルアミノ基、カルボキシルフェニルアミノ基、アミノフェニルアミノ基、ヒドロキシアルキルアミノ基またはビス(ヒドロキシアルキル)アミノ基を表し、X101は任意の置換基で置換されていても良いフェニレン基を表し、これらの置換基の定義におけるベンゼン環は置換基で置換されていてもよい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(In the formula, R 101 represents a hydroxy group, an amino group, a hydroxyphenoxy group, a carboxylphenoxy group, an aminophenoxy group, an aminocarbonylphenoxy group, a phenylamino group, a hydroxyphenylamino group, a carboxylphenylamino group, an aminophenylamino group, a hydroxy group, Represents an alkylamino group or a bis (hydroxyalkyl) amino group, X 101 represents a phenylene group which may be substituted with any substituent, and the benzene ring in the definition of these substituents is substituted with a substituent; May be.)
ベンゼン環が置換基で置換されていてもよい場合の置換基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、イソブチル基等のアルキル基;トリフルオロメチル基等のハロアルキル基;メトキシ基、エトキシ基等のアルコキシ基;ヨウ素、臭素、塩素、フッ素等のハロゲン原子;シアノ基;ニトロ基等が挙げられる。 When the benzene ring may be substituted with a substituent, examples of the substituent include an alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, and an isobutyl group; a haloalkyl group such as a trifluoromethyl group; a methoxy group, Examples thereof include alkoxy groups such as ethoxy group; halogen atoms such as iodine, bromine, chlorine and fluorine; cyano group; nitro group and the like.
上記R101の中では、ヒドロキシ基及びアミノ基が好ましく、ヒドロキシ基が特に好ましい。 Among R 101 described above, a hydroxy group and an amino group are preferable, and a hydroxy group is particularly preferable.
 スペーサーとしては、直鎖状アルキレン、分岐鎖状アルキレン、環状アルキレン及びフェニレンから選ばれる二価の基であるか、当該二価の基が複数結合してなる基を表す。この場合、スペーサーを構成する二価の基同士の結合、スペーサーと上記式(1a)で表される基との結合、スペーサーと重合性基との結合としては、単結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレア結合、ウレタン結合、カルボニルまたはエーテル結合が挙げられる。上記二価の基が複数となる場合は、二価の基同士は同一でも異なっていてもよく、上記結合が複数となる場合は、結合同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい。 The spacer is a divalent group selected from linear alkylene, branched alkylene, cyclic alkylene and phenylene, or a group formed by bonding a plurality of such divalent groups. In this case, the bond between the divalent groups constituting the spacer, the bond between the spacer and the group represented by the above formula (1a), and the bond between the spacer and the polymerizable group include a single bond, an ester bond, and an amide bond. , Urea bond, urethane bond, carbonyl or ether bond. When there are a plurality of the divalent groups, the divalent groups may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of the bonds, the bonds may be the same or different.
そのような(A)成分である光配向性部位と熱反応性部位とが結合した基に重合性基が結合したモノマーの具体例としては、4-(6-メタクリルオキシヘキシル-1-オキシ)けい皮酸、4-(6-アクリルオキシヘキシル-1-オキシ)けい皮酸、4-(3-メタクリルオキシプロピル-1-オキシ)けい皮酸、4-(4-(3-メタクリルオキシプロピル-1-オキシ)アクリルオキシ)安息香酸、4-(4-(6-メタクリルオキシヘキシル-1-オキシ)ベンゾイルオキシ)けい皮酸、4-(6-メタクリルオキシヘキシル-1-オキシ)シンナムアミド、4-(6-メタクリルオキシヘキシル-1-オキシ)-N-(4-シアノフェニル)シンナムアミド、4-(6-メタクリルオキシヘキシル-1-オキシ)-N-ビスヒドロキシエチルシンナムアミドなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the monomer in which a polymerizable group is bonded to a group in which a photo-alignment site and a heat-reactive site are combined as the component (A) include 4- (6-methacryloxyhexyl-1-oxy). Cinnamic acid, 4- (6-acryloxyhexyl-1-oxy) cinnamic acid, 4- (3-methacryloxypropyl-1-oxy) cinnamic acid, 4- (4- (3-methacryloxypropyl- 1-oxy) acryloxy) benzoic acid, 4- (4- (6-methacryloxyhexyl-1-oxy) benzoyloxy) cinnamic acid, 4- (6-methacryloxyhexyl-1-oxy) cinnamamide, 4- (6-methacryloxyhexyl-1-oxy) -N- (4-cyanophenyl) cinnamamide, 4- (6-methacryloxyhexyl-1-oxy) -N-bishydro Such as phenoxyethyl cinnamaldehyde amides.
 (A)成分である低分子量の光配向成分は、以上の具体例を挙げることができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the low molecular weight photo-alignment component as component (A) can include the above-mentioned specific examples, but are not limited thereto.
 次に(A)成分がポリマー、すなわち、高分子量の重合体である場合の詳細を以下に説明する。 Next, details when the component (A) is a polymer, that is, a high molecular weight polymer will be described below.
 本発明の硬化膜形成組成物に含有される(A)成分が高分子量の重合体である場合、(A)成分は光配向性基を有する重合体であって、すなわち光配向性基として光二量化又は光異性化する構造部位の官能基を有する重合体、特に少なくとも光二量化部位を有するアクリル共重合体であることが好ましい。さらに、光二量化部位に加え、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミド基、アミノ基、アルコキシシリル基および上記式(2)で表される基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基(以下、これらの基を含めて熱架橋部位とも称する)を有するアクリル共重合体であることが望ましい。 When the component (A) contained in the cured film forming composition of the present invention is a polymer having a high molecular weight, the component (A) is a polymer having a photoalignment group, that is, as a photoalignment group. A polymer having a functional group at a structural site to be quantified or photoisomerized, particularly an acrylic copolymer having at least a photodimerization site is preferable. Furthermore, in addition to the photodimerization site, at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group and a group represented by the above formula (2) (hereinafter referred to as these An acrylic copolymer having a group including a group) is also desirable.
 本発明において、アクリル共重合体とは、アクリル酸エステル、メタクリル酸エステル、スチレン等の不飽和二重結合を有するモノマーを重合して得られる共重合体のことをいう。 In the present invention, the acrylic copolymer refers to a copolymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer having an unsaturated double bond such as an acrylic ester, a methacrylic ester or styrene.
 (A)成分の光二量化部位及び熱架橋部位を有するアクリル共重合体(以下、特定共重合体とも言う。)は、斯かる構造を有するアクリル共重合体であればよく、アクリル共重合体を構成する高分子の主鎖の骨格及び側鎖の種類等について特に限定されない。 The acrylic copolymer having a photodimerization site and a thermal crosslinking site (A) as the component (hereinafter also referred to as a specific copolymer) may be an acrylic copolymer having such a structure. There are no particular restrictions on the main chain skeleton and side chain type of the polymer.
 光二量化部位としては、シンナモイル基、カルコン基、クマリン基、アントラセン基等が挙げられる。これらのうち可視光領域での透明性の高さ、及び光二量化反応性の高さからシンナモイル基が好ましい。より好ましいシンナモイル基及びシンナモイル構造を含む置換基としては下記式[1]又は式[2]で表される構造が挙げられる。なお本明細書において、シンナモイル基におけるベンゼン環がナフタレン環である基についても「シンナモイル基」及び「シンナモイル構造を含む置換基」に含めている。 Examples of the photodimerization site include a cinnamoyl group, a chalcone group, a coumarin group, and an anthracene group. Of these, a cinnamoyl group is preferred because of its high transparency in the visible light region and high photodimerization reactivity. More preferred examples of the cinnamoyl group and the substituent containing a cinnamoyl structure include structures represented by the following formula [1] or [2]. In the present specification, a group in which the benzene ring in the cinnamoyl group is a naphthalene ring is also included in the “cinnamoyl group” and the “substituent containing a cinnamoyl structure”.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 上記式[1]中、Xは水素原子、炭素原子数1乃至18のアルキル基、フェニル基又はビフェニル基を表す。その際、フェニル基及びビフェニル基はハロゲン原子及びシアノ基のいずれかによって置換されていてもよい。 In the above formula [1], X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a phenyl group or a biphenyl group. In that case, the phenyl group and the biphenyl group may be substituted by either a halogen atom or a cyano group.
 上記式[2]中、Xは水素原子、シアノ基、炭素原子数1乃至18のアルキル基、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、シクロヘキシル基を表す。その際、炭素原子数1乃至18のアルキル基、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、シクロヘキシル基は、共有結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、尿素結合、ウレタン結合、アミノ結合、カルボニル又はそれらの組み合わせから選ばれる1種又は2種以上の結合を介して複数種が結合してもよい。 In the above formula [2], X 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, or a cyclohexyl group. In this case, the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, the phenyl group, the biphenyl group, and the cyclohexyl group may be formed from a covalent bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urea bond, a urethane bond, an amino bond, a carbonyl, or a combination thereof. Plural types may be bonded through one or two or more selected bonds.
 上記式[1]及び式[2]中、Aは式[A1]、式[A2]、式[A3]、式[A4]、式[A5]及び式[A6]のいずれかを表す。 In the above formula [1] and formula [2], A represents one of formula [A1], formula [A2], formula [A3], formula [A4], formula [A5] and formula [A6].
 上記式[A1]、式[A2]、式[A3]、式[A4]、式[A5]及び式[A6]中、R31、R32、R33、R34、R35、R36、R37及びR38は、それぞれ独立して水素原子、炭素原子数1乃至4のアルキル基、炭素原子数1乃至4のアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、トリフルオロメチル基又はシアノ基を表す。 In the above formula [A1], formula [A2], formula [A3], formula [A4], formula [A5] and formula [A6], R 31 , R 32 , R 33 , R 34 , R 35 , R 36 , R 37 and R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a trifluoromethyl group, or a cyano group.
 熱架橋部位は、加熱により(B)成分と結合する部位であり、その具体例としてはヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミド基、アミノ基、アルコキシシリル基および式(2)で表される基等が挙げられる。 The thermal crosslinking site is a site that is bonded to the component (B) by heating. Specific examples thereof include a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group, and a group represented by the formula (2). Can be mentioned.
 (A)成分のアクリル共重合体は、重量平均分子量が3,000乃至200,000であることが好ましい。重量平均分子量が200,000を超えて過大なものであると、溶剤に対する溶解性が低下しハンドリング性が低下する場合があり、一方、重量平均分子量が3,000未満で過小なものであると、熱硬化時に硬化不足になり溶剤耐性が低下したり耐熱性が低下したりする場合がある。 The component (A) acrylic copolymer preferably has a weight average molecular weight of 3,000 to 200,000. If the weight average molecular weight is over 200,000, the solubility in the solvent may be lowered and the handling property may be lowered. On the other hand, the weight average molecular weight is less than 3,000 and is too small. In some cases, the heat resistance may cause insufficient curing, resulting in a decrease in solvent resistance or a decrease in heat resistance.
 (A)成分の光二量化部位及び熱架橋部位を有するアクリル共重合体の合成方法は、光二量化部位を有するモノマーと、熱架橋部位を有するモノマーとを共重合する方法が簡便である。 (A) The method for synthesizing the acrylic copolymer having a photodimerization site and a thermal crosslinking site as the component (A) is a simple method of copolymerizing a monomer having a photodimerization site and a monomer having a thermal crosslinking site.
 光二量化部位を有するモノマーとしては、例えば、シンナモイル基、カルコン基、クマリン基、アントラセン基等を有するモノマーが挙げられる。これらのうち可視光領域での透明性の高さ及び光二量化反応性の高さからシンナモイル基を有するモノマーが特に好ましい。 Examples of the monomer having a photodimerization site include monomers having a cinnamoyl group, a chalcone group, a coumarin group, an anthracene group, and the like. Among these, a monomer having a cinnamoyl group is particularly preferable because of its high transparency in the visible light region and high photodimerization reactivity.
 なかでも上記式[1]又は式[2]で表される構造のシンナモイル基及びシンナモイル構造を含む置換基を有するモノマーがより好ましい。そのようなモノマーの具体例を挙げると、下記式[3]又は式[4]で表されるモノマーである。 Among these, a cinnamoyl group having a structure represented by the above formula [1] or [2] and a monomer having a substituent containing a cinnamoyl structure are more preferable. When the specific example of such a monomer is given, it is a monomer represented by the following formula [3] or formula [4].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 上記式[3]中、Xは水素原子、炭素原子数1乃至18のアルキル基、フェニル基又はビフェニル基を表す。その際、フェニル基及びビフェニル基はハロゲン原子及びシアノ基のいずれかによって置換されていてもよい。
 L及びLは、それぞれ独立に共有結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、尿素結合又はウレタン結合を表す。
In the above formula [3], X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a phenyl group or a biphenyl group. In that case, the phenyl group and the biphenyl group may be substituted by either a halogen atom or a cyano group.
L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a covalent bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urea bond or a urethane bond.
 上記式[4]中、Xは水素原子、シアノ基、炭素原子数1乃至18のアルキル基、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、シクロヘキシル基を表す。その際、炭素原子数1乃至18のアルキル基、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、シクロヘキシル基は、共有結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、尿素結合を介して結合してもよい。 In the above formula [4], X 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, or a cyclohexyl group. At that time, the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, the phenyl group, the biphenyl group, and the cyclohexyl group may be bonded via a covalent bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a urea bond.
 上記式[3]及び式[4]中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に単結合、炭素原子数1乃至20のアルキレン基、二価の芳香族環基、二価の脂肪族環基を示す。ここで炭素原子数1乃至20のアルキレン基は分岐鎖状でも直鎖状でもよい。 In the above formulas [3] and [4], X 3 and X 5 are each independently a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a divalent aromatic ring group, or a divalent aliphatic ring group. Show. Here, the alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may be branched or linear.
 上記式[3]及び式[4]中、X及びXは重合性基を表す。この重合性基の具体例としては、例えば、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、スチレン基、マレイミド基、アクリルアミド基、メタクリルアミド基等が挙げられる。 In the above formula [3] and formula [4], X 4 and X 6 represent a polymerizable group. Specific examples of the polymerizable group include an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a styrene group, a maleimide group, an acrylamide group, and a methacrylamide group.
 上記式[3]及び式[4]中、Aは前記式[1]及び式[2]と同様に式[A1]、式[A2]、式[A3]、式[A4]、式[A5]及び式[A6]のいずれかを表す。
また、上記式[1]乃至[4]中の基の定義における炭素原子数1乃至18のアルキル基及び炭素原子数1乃至20のアルキレン基として、上記のアルキル基、アルキレン基の例を挙げることができる。
In the above formula [3] and formula [4], A is the same as formula [A1], formula [A2], formula [A3], formula [A4], formula [A5] as in formula [1] and formula [2]. ] And formula [A6].
Examples of the alkyl group and alkylene group are given as the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms and the alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in the definitions of the groups in the formulas [1] to [4]. Can do.
 熱架橋部位を有するモノマーとしては、例えば、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピルメタクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチルメタクリレート、2,3-ジヒドロキシプロピルアクリレート、2,3-ジヒドロキシプロピルメタクリレート、ジエチレングリコールモノアクリレート、ジエチレングリコールモノメタクリレート、カプロラクトン2-(アクリロイルオキシ)エチルエステル、カプロラクトン2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチルエステル、ポリ(エチレングリコール)エチルエーテルアクリレート、ポリ(エチレングリコール)エチルエーテルメタクリレート、5-アクリロイルオキシ-6-ヒドロキシノルボルネン-2-カルボキシリック-6-ラクトン、5-メタクリロイルオキシ-6-ヒドロキシノルボルネン-2-カルボキシリック-6-ラクトン等のヒドロキシ基を有するモノマー;アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、クロトン酸、モノ-(2-(アクリロイルオキシ)エチル)フタレート、モノ-(2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル)フタレート、N-(カルボキシフェニル)マレイミド、N-(カルボキシフェニル)メタクリルアミド、N-(カルボキシフェニル)アクリルアミド等のカルボキシル基を有するモノマー;ヒドロキシスチレン、N-(ヒドロキシフェニル)メタクリルアミド、N-(ヒドロキシフェニル)アクリルアミド、N-(ヒドロキシフェニル)マレイミド、N-(ヒドロキシフェニル)マレイミド等のフェノール性ヒドロキシ基を有するモノマー;アクリルアミド、メタクリルアミド等のアミド基を有するモノマー;メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、アクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、アクリロイルオキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン等のアルコキシシリル基を有するモノマー;ジメチルアミノエチルメタクリレート、ジエチルアミノメタクリレート、tert-ブチルアミノエチルメタクリレート等のアミノ基を有するモノマー;2-アセトアセトキシエチルアクリレート、2-アセトアセトキシエチルメタクリレート等の式(2)で表される基を有するモノマー等が挙げられる。 Examples of the monomer having a thermal crosslinking site include 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl methacrylate, 2,3 -Dihydroxypropyl acrylate, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl methacrylate, diethylene glycol monoacrylate, diethylene glycol monomethacrylate, caprolactone 2- (acryloyloxy) ethyl ester, caprolactone 2- (methacryloyloxy) ethyl ester, poly (ethylene glycol) ethyl ether acrylate, Poly (ethylene glycol) ethyl ether methacrylate, 5-acryloyl Monomers having a hydroxy group such as cis-6-hydroxynorbornene-2-carboxyl-6-lactone, 5-methacryloyloxy-6-hydroxynorbornene-2-carboxyl-6-lactone; acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid , Mono- (2- (acryloyloxy) ethyl) phthalate, mono- (2- (methacryloyloxy) ethyl) phthalate, N- (carboxyphenyl) maleimide, N- (carboxyphenyl) methacrylamide, N- (carboxyphenyl) Monomers having a carboxyl group such as acrylamide; hydroxystyrene, N- (hydroxyphenyl) methacrylamide, N- (hydroxyphenyl) acrylamide, N- (hydroxyphenyl) maleimide, N- (hydroxyphenyl) Monomers having phenolic hydroxy groups such as maleimide; monomers having amide groups such as acrylamide and methacrylamide; methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, methacryloyloxypropyltriethoxysilane, acryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, acryloyloxypropyltriethoxysilane Monomers having an alkoxysilyl group such as: Monomers having an amino group such as dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, diethylamino methacrylate, tert-butylaminoethyl methacrylate; Formula (2) such as 2-acetoacetoxyethyl acrylate, 2-acetoacetoxyethyl methacrylate And a monomer having a group represented by the formula:
 特定共重合体を得るために用いる光二量化部位を有するモノマー及び熱架橋部位を有するモノマーの使用量は、特定共重合体を得るために使用する全モノマーの合計量に基いて、光二量化部位を有するモノマーが40質量%乃至95質量%、熱架橋部位を有するモノマーが5質量%乃至60質量%であることが好ましい。光二量化部位を有するモノマー含有量を40質量%以上とすることで高感度かつ良好な液晶配向性を付与することができる。他方、95質量%以下とすることで充分な熱硬化性を付与することができ、高感度かつ良好な液晶配向性を維持することができる。 The amount of the monomer having a photodimerization site and the monomer having a thermal crosslinking site used for obtaining the specific copolymer is determined based on the total amount of all monomers used for obtaining the specific copolymer. It is preferable that the monomer having 40 mass% to 95 mass% and the monomer having a thermal crosslinking site is 5 mass% to 60 mass%. By setting the content of the monomer having a photodimerization site to 40% by mass or more, high sensitivity and good liquid crystal orientation can be imparted. On the other hand, by setting it to 95% by mass or less, sufficient thermosetting property can be imparted, and high liquid crystal orientation can be maintained with high sensitivity.
 また、本発明の硬化膜形成組成物においては、特定共重合体を得る際に、光二量化部位及び熱架橋部位(以下、これらを特定官能基ともいう)を有するモノマーと共重合可能なモノマー(以下非反応性官能基を有するモノマーともいう)を併用することができる。 In the cured film-forming composition of the present invention, a monomer copolymerizable with a monomer having a photodimerization site and a thermal crosslinking site (hereinafter also referred to as a specific functional group) when obtaining a specific copolymer ( (Hereinafter also referred to as a monomer having a non-reactive functional group) can be used in combination.
 そのようなモノマーの具体例としては、アクリル酸エステル化合物、メタクリル酸エステル化合物、マレイミド化合物、アクリルアミド化合物、アクリロニトリル、マレイン酸無水物、スチレン化合物及びビニル化合物等が挙げられる。
 以下、上記モノマーの具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これらに限定されるものではない。
Specific examples of such monomers include acrylic acid ester compounds, methacrylic acid ester compounds, maleimide compounds, acrylamide compounds, acrylonitrile, maleic anhydride, styrene compounds and vinyl compounds.
Hereinafter, although the specific example of the said monomer is given, this invention is not limited to these.
 上述したアクリル酸エステル化合物としては、例えば、メチルアクリレート、エチルアクリレート、イソプロピルアクリレート、ベンジルアクリレート、ナフチルアクリレート、アントリルアクリレート、アントリルメチルアクリレート、フェニルアクリレート、グリシジルアクリレート、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチルアクリレート、tert-ブチルアクリレート、シクロヘキシルアクリレート、イソボルニルアクリレート、2-メトキシエチルアクリレート、メトキシトリエチレングリコールアクリレート、2-エトキシエチルアクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリルアクリレート、3-メトキシブチルアクリレート、2-メチル-2-アダマンチルアクリレート、2-プロピル-2-アダマンチルアクリレート、8-メチル-8-トリシクロデシルアクリレート、及び、8-エチル-8-トリシクロデシルアクリレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the acrylic ester compound described above include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, naphthyl acrylate, anthryl acrylate, anthryl methyl acrylate, phenyl acrylate, glycidyl acrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl. Acrylate, tert-butyl acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate, isobornyl acrylate, 2-methoxyethyl acrylate, methoxytriethylene glycol acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate, 3-methoxybutyl acrylate, 2-methyl-2- Adamantyl acrylate, 2-propyl-2-adamantyl acrylate, 8-methyl-8 Tricyclodecylacrylate, and, like 8-ethyl-8-tricyclodecyl acrylate.
 上述したメタクリル酸エステル化合物としては、例えば、メチルメタクリレート、エチルメタクリレート、イソプロピルメタクリレート、ベンジルメタクリレート、ナフチルメタクリレート、アントリルメタクリレート、アントリルメチルメタクリレート、フェニルメタクリレート、グリシジルメタクリレート、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチルメタクリレート、tert-ブチルメタクリレート、シクロヘキシルメタクリレート、イソボルニルメタクリレート、2-メトキシエチルメタクリレート、メトキシトリエチレングリコールメタクリレート、2-エトキシエチルメタクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリルメタクリレート、3-メトキシブチルメタクリレート、2-メチル-2-アダマンチルメタクリレート、γ-ブチロラクトンメタクリレート、2-プロピル-2-アダマンチルメタクリレート、8-メチル-8-トリシクロデシルメタクリレート、及び、8-エチル-8-トリシクロデシルメタクリレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the methacrylic acid ester compounds described above include methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, naphthyl methacrylate, anthryl methacrylate, anthryl methyl methacrylate, phenyl methacrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl. Methacrylate, tert-butyl methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate, isobornyl methacrylate, 2-methoxyethyl methacrylate, methoxytriethylene glycol methacrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl methacrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, 3-methoxybutyl methacrylate, 2-methyl-2- Adamantyl methacrylate, γ-butyrolactone Methacrylate, 2-propyl-2-adamantyl methacrylate, 8-methyl-8-tricyclodecyl methacrylate, and, 8-ethyl-8-tricyclodecyl methacrylate.
 上述したビニル化合物としては、例えば、メチルビニルエーテル、ベンジルビニルエーテル、ビニルナフタレン、ビニルカルバゾール、アリルグリシジルエーテル、3-エテニル-7-オキサビシクロ[4.1.0]ヘプタン、1,2-エポキシ-5-ヘキセン、及び、1,7-オクタジエンモノエポキサイド等が挙げられる。 Examples of the vinyl compound include methyl vinyl ether, benzyl vinyl ether, vinyl naphthalene, vinyl carbazole, allyl glycidyl ether, 3-ethenyl-7-oxabicyclo [4.1.0] heptane, and 1,2-epoxy-5. Examples include hexene and 1,7-octadiene monoepoxide.
 上述したスチレン化合物としては、例えば、スチレン、メチルスチレン、クロロスチレン、及び、ブロモスチレン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the styrene compound described above include styrene, methylstyrene, chlorostyrene, and bromostyrene.
 上述したマレイミド化合物としては、例えば、マレイミド、N-メチルマレイミド、N-フェニルマレイミド、及び、N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド等が挙げられる。 Examples of the maleimide compound described above include maleimide, N-methylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide, and N-cyclohexylmaleimide.
 本発明の硬化膜形成組成物に用いる特定共重合体を得る方法は特に限定されないが、例えば、特定官能基を有するモノマー(光二量化部位を有するモノマー及び熱架橋部位を有するモノマー)、所望により非反応性官能基を有するモノマー及び重合開始剤等を共存させた溶剤中において、50℃乃至110℃の温度下で重合反応させて得られる。その際、用いられる溶剤は、特定官能基を有するモノマー、所望により用いられる非反応性官能基を有するモノマー及び重合開始剤等を溶解するものであれば特に限定されない。具体例としては、後述する溶剤に記載する溶剤が挙げられる。 The method for obtaining the specific copolymer used in the cured film-forming composition of the present invention is not particularly limited. For example, a monomer having a specific functional group (a monomer having a photodimerization site and a monomer having a thermal cross-linking site), or non-specific if desired. It is obtained by carrying out a polymerization reaction at a temperature of 50 ° C. to 110 ° C. in a solvent in which a monomer having a reactive functional group and a polymerization initiator coexist. In that case, the solvent used will not be specifically limited if it dissolves the monomer which has a specific functional group, the monomer which has a non-reactive functional group used depending on necessity, a polymerization initiator, etc. Specific examples include solvents described in Solvents described below.
 このようにして得られる特定共重合体は、通常、溶剤に溶解した溶液の状態であり、本発明において(A)成分の溶液としてそのまま使用することができる。 The specific copolymer thus obtained is usually in the form of a solution dissolved in a solvent and can be used as it is as the solution of component (A) in the present invention.
 また、上記のようにして得られた特定共重合体の溶液を、ジエチルエーテルや水等の撹拌下に投入して再沈殿させ、生成した沈殿物を濾過・洗浄した後、常圧又は減圧下で、常温あるいは加熱乾燥することで、特定共重合体の粉体とすることができる。このような操作により、特定共重合体と共存する重合開始剤や未反応モノマーを除去することができ、その結果、精製した特定共重合体の粉体が得られる。一度の操作で充分に精製できない場合は、得られた粉体を溶剤に再溶解して、上記の操作を繰り返し行えばよい。 In addition, the solution of the specific copolymer obtained as described above is re-precipitated by stirring with stirring such as diethyl ether or water, and the generated precipitate is filtered and washed, and then under normal pressure or reduced pressure. Thus, the powder of the specific copolymer can be obtained by drying at room temperature or by heating. By such an operation, the polymerization initiator and unreacted monomer coexisting with the specific copolymer can be removed, and as a result, a purified powder of the specific copolymer can be obtained. If sufficient purification cannot be achieved by one operation, the obtained powder may be redissolved in a solvent and the above operation may be repeated.
 本発明の硬化膜形成組成物においては、(A)成分として上記特定共重合体の粉体をそのまま用いてもよく、あるいはその粉体を、たとえば後述する溶剤に再溶解して溶液の状態として用いてもよい。 In the cured film-forming composition of the present invention, the powder of the specific copolymer may be used as it is as the component (A), or the powder is re-dissolved in, for example, a solvent described later to form a solution. It may be used.
 また、本実施形態においては、(A)成分のアクリル共重合体は、複数種の特定共重合体の混合物であってもよい。 In the present embodiment, the acrylic copolymer as the component (A) may be a mixture of a plurality of types of specific copolymers.
 以上のように本発明においては、(A)成分としては低分子量の化合物、又は高分子量の特定共重合体を用いることができる。また、(A)成分はそれぞれ1種以上の低分子量の化合物と高分子量の特定共重合体との混合物であってもよい。 As described above, in the present invention, a low molecular weight compound or a high molecular weight specific copolymer can be used as the component (A). The component (A) may be a mixture of one or more low molecular weight compounds and a high molecular weight specific copolymer.
[(B)成分]
 本実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物に含有される(B)成分は、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミド基、アミノ基、アルコキシシリル基および上記式(2)で表される基から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基(以下、特定官能基ともいう。)を有するポリマーである。(B)成分におけるアルコキシシリル基としては、トリメトキシシリル基、トリエトキシシリル基、トリイソプロポキシシリル基、ジメトキシメチルシリル基、ジエトキシメチルシリル基、ジイソプロポキシメチルシリル基、メトキシジメチルシリル基、エトキシジメチルシリル基等が挙げられる。
[Component (B)]
The component (B) contained in the cured film forming composition of this embodiment is at least one selected from a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group, and a group represented by the above formula (2). A polymer having two substituents (hereinafter also referred to as specific functional groups). As the alkoxysilyl group in the component (B), a trimethoxysilyl group, a triethoxysilyl group, a triisopropoxysilyl group, a dimethoxymethylsilyl group, a diethoxymethylsilyl group, a diisopropoxymethylsilyl group, a methoxydimethylsilyl group, An ethoxydimethylsilyl group etc. are mentioned.
 (B)成分であるポリマーとしては、例えば、アクリル重合体、ポリアミック酸、ポリイミド、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリエステル、ポリエステルポリカルボン酸、ポリエーテルポリオール、ポリエステルポリオール、ポリカーボネートポリオール、ポリカプロラクトンポリオール、ポリアルキレンイミン、ポリアリルアミン、セルロース類(セルロースまたはその誘導体)、フェノールノボラック樹脂、メラミンホルムアルデヒド樹脂等の直鎖構造または分岐鎖構造を有するポリマー、シクロデキストリン類等の環状ポリマー等が挙げられる。 Examples of the polymer as the component (B) include acrylic polymer, polyamic acid, polyimide, polyvinyl alcohol, polyester, polyester polycarboxylic acid, polyether polyol, polyester polyol, polycarbonate polyol, polycaprolactone polyol, polyalkyleneimine, poly Examples include allylamine, celluloses (cellulose or derivatives thereof), polymers having a linear or branched structure such as phenol novolac resin and melamine formaldehyde resin, and cyclic polymers such as cyclodextrins.
 (B)成分である特定重合体としては、好ましくは、アクリル重合体、ヒドロキシアルキルシクロデキストリン類、セルロース類、ポリエーテルポリオール、ポリエステルポリオール、ポリカーボネートポリオール並びにポリカプロラクトンポリオールが挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the specific polymer (B) include acrylic polymers, hydroxyalkylcyclodextrins, celluloses, polyether polyols, polyester polyols, polycarbonate polyols, and polycaprolactone polyols.
 (B)成分の特定重合体の好ましい一例であるアクリル重合体としては、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、スチレン、ビニル化合物等の不飽和二重結合を有するモノマーを重合して得られる重合体であって、特定官能基を有するモノマーを含むモノマーまたはその混合物を重合させることにより得られる重合体であればよく、アクリル重合体を構成する高分子の主鎖の骨格および側鎖の種類などについて特に限定されない。 The acrylic polymer which is a preferred example of the specific polymer of the component (B) is a polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer having an unsaturated double bond such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, styrene, and a vinyl compound. Any polymer may be used as long as it is a polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer containing a monomer having a specific functional group or a mixture thereof, and the type of the main chain skeleton and side chain of the polymer constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited. .
特定官能基を有するモノマーとしては、ポリエチレングリコールエステル基を有するモノマー、炭素原子数2乃至5のヒドロキシアルキルエステル基を有するモノマー、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基を有するモノマー、カルボキシル基を有するモノマー、アミド基を有するモノマー、アミノ基を有するモノマー、アルコキシシリル基および上記式(2)で表される基を有するモノマーが挙げられる。 The monomer having a specific functional group includes a monomer having a polyethylene glycol ester group, a monomer having a hydroxyalkyl ester group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, a monomer having a phenolic hydroxy group, a monomer having a carboxyl group, and an amide group. Monomers, monomers having an amino group, alkoxysilyl groups, and monomers having a group represented by the above formula (2).
 上述したポリエチレングリコールエステル基を有するモノマーとしては、H-(OCHCH)n-OHのモノアクリレートまたはモノメタクリレートが挙げられる。そのnの値は2乃至50であり、好ましくは2乃至10である。 Examples of the monomer having a polyethylene glycol ester group described above include monoacrylate or monomethacrylate of H— (OCH 2 CH 2 ) n—OH. The value of n is 2 to 50, preferably 2 to 10.
 上述した炭素原子数2乃至5のヒドロキシアルキルエステル基を有するモノマーとしては、例えば、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピルメタクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピルアクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチルメタクリレートが挙げられる。 Examples of the monomer having a hydroxyalkyl ester group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms include 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate. 4-hydroxybutyl methacrylate.
 上述したフェノール性ヒドロキシ基を有するモノマーとしては、例えば、p-ヒドロキシスチレン、m-ヒドロキシスチレン、o-ヒドロキシスチレンが挙げられる。 Examples of the above-mentioned monomer having a phenolic hydroxy group include p-hydroxystyrene, m-hydroxystyrene, and o-hydroxystyrene.
 上述したカルボキシル基を有するモノマーとしては、例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、ビニル安息香酸が挙げられる。 Examples of the above-mentioned monomer having a carboxyl group include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, and vinyl benzoic acid.
 上述したアミノ基を側鎖に有するモノマーとしては、例えば、2-アミノエチルアクリレート、2-アミノエチルメタクリレート、アミノプロピルアクリレート及びアミノプロピルメタクリレートが挙げられる。 Examples of the monomer having an amino group in the side chain described above include 2-aminoethyl acrylate, 2-aminoethyl methacrylate, aminopropyl acrylate, and aminopropyl methacrylate.
 上述したアルコキシシリル基を側鎖に有するモノマーとしては、例えば、3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アクリロキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリエトキシシラン、アリルトリメトキシシラン及びアリルトリエトキシシラン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the monomer having an alkoxysilyl group in the side chain include 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-acryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, and 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxy. Examples thereof include silane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, allyltrimethoxysilane, and allyltriethoxysilane.
 上述した上記式(2)で表される基を側鎖に有するモノマーとしては、例えば、2-アセトアセトキシエチルアクリレート、2-アセトアセトキシエチルメタクリレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the monomer having a group represented by the above formula (2) in the side chain include 2-acetoacetoxyethyl acrylate, 2-acetoacetoxyethyl methacrylate, and the like.
 また、本実施形態においては、(B)成分の例であるアクリル重合体を合成するに際し、本発明の効果を損なわない限り、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミド基、アミノ基、アルコキシシリル基および上記式(2)で表される基のいずれも有さないモノマーを併用することができる。 Moreover, in this embodiment, when synthesizing an acrylic polymer which is an example of the component (B), a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group, A monomer that does not have any of the groups represented by formula (2) can be used in combination.
 そのようなモノマーの具体例としては、アクリル酸エステル化合物、メタクリル酸エステル化合物、マレイミド化合物、アクリロニトリル、マレイン酸無水物、スチレン化合物及びビニル化合物等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of such monomers include acrylic acid ester compounds, methacrylic acid ester compounds, maleimide compounds, acrylonitrile, maleic anhydride, styrene compounds and vinyl compounds.
 アクリル酸エステル化合物としては、例えば、メチルアクリレート、エチルアクリレート、イソプロピルアクリレート、ベンジルアクリレート、ナフチルアクリレート、アントリルアクリレート、アントリルメチルアクリレート、フェニルアクリレート、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチルアクリレート、tert-ブチルアクリレート、シクロヘキシルアクリレート、イソボルニルアクリレート、2-メトキシエチルアクリレート、メトキシトリエチレングリコールアクリレート、2-エトキシエチルアクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリルアクリレート、3-メトキシブチルアクリレート、2-メチル-2-アダマンチルアクリレート、2-プロピル-2-アダマンチルアクリレート、8-メチル-8-トリシクロデシルアクリレート、及び、8-エチル-8-トリシクロデシルアクリレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the acrylic ester compound include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, naphthyl acrylate, anthryl acrylate, anthryl methyl acrylate, phenyl acrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl acrylate, tert-butyl. Acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate, isobornyl acrylate, 2-methoxyethyl acrylate, methoxytriethylene glycol acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate, 3-methoxybutyl acrylate, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl acrylate, 2- Propyl-2-adamantyl acrylate, 8-methyl-8-tricyclodecyl acrylate, Beauty, etc. 8-ethyl-8-tricyclodecyl acrylate.
 メタクリル酸エステル化合物としては、例えば、メチルメタクリレート、エチルメタクリレート、イソプロピルメタクリレート、ベンジルメタクリレート、ナフチルメタクリレート、アントリルメタクリレート、アントリルメチルメタクリレート、フェニルメタクリレート、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチルメタクリレート、tert-ブチルメタクリレート、シクロヘキシルメタクリレート、イソボルニルメタクリレート、2-メトキシエチルメタクリレート、メトキシトリエチレングリコールメタクリレート、2-エトキシエチルメタクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリルメタクリレート、3-メトキシブチルメタクリレート、2-メチル-2-アダマンチルメタクリレート、2-プロピル-2-アダマンチルメタクリレート、8-メチル-8-トリシクロデシルメタクリレート、及び、8-エチル-8-トリシクロデシルメタクリレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the methacrylic acid ester compound include methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, naphthyl methacrylate, anthryl methacrylate, anthryl methyl methacrylate, phenyl methacrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl methacrylate, tert-butyl. Methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate, isobornyl methacrylate, 2-methoxyethyl methacrylate, methoxytriethylene glycol methacrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl methacrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, 3-methoxybutyl methacrylate, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl methacrylate, 2- Propyl-2-adamantyl methacrylate, 8-me Le -8- tricyclodecyl methacrylate, and, 8-ethyl-8-tricyclodecyl methacrylate.
 マレイミド化合物としては、例えば、マレイミド、N-メチルマレイミド、N-フェニルマレイミド、及びN-シクロヘキシルマレイミド等が挙げられる。 Examples of maleimide compounds include maleimide, N-methylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide, and N-cyclohexylmaleimide.
 スチレン化合物としては、例えば、スチレン、メチルスチレン、クロロスチレン、ブロモスチレン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the styrene compound include styrene, methyl styrene, chlorostyrene, bromostyrene, and the like.
 ビニル化合物としては、例えば、ビニルエーテル、メチルビニルエーテル、ベンジルビニルエーテル、2-ヒドロキシエチルビニルエーテル、フェニルビニルエーテル、及び、プロピルビニルエーテル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the vinyl compound include vinyl ether, methyl vinyl ether, benzyl vinyl ether, 2-hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, phenyl vinyl ether, and propyl vinyl ether.
 (B)成分の例であるアクリル重合体を得るために用いる特定官能基を有するモノマーの使用量は、(B)成分であるアクリル重合体を得るために用いる全モノマーの合計量に基づいて、2モル%乃至98モル%であることが好ましい。特定官能基を有するモノマーが過小の場合は、得られる硬化膜の液晶配向性が不充分となり易く、過大の場合は(A)成分との相溶性が低下し易い。 (B) The usage-amount of the monomer which has a specific functional group used in order to obtain the acrylic polymer which is an example of a component is based on the total amount of all the monomers used in order to obtain the acrylic polymer which is (B) component, It is preferably 2 mol% to 98 mol%. When the monomer having the specific functional group is too small, the liquid crystal orientation of the resulting cured film tends to be insufficient, and when it is too large, the compatibility with the component (A) tends to decrease.
 (B)成分の例であるアクリル重合体を得る方法は特に限定されないが、例えば、特定官能基を有するモノマーを含むモノマーと、所望により特定官能基を有さないモノマーと、重合開始剤等とを共存させた溶剤中において、50℃乃至110℃の温度下で重合反応により得られる。その際、用いられる溶剤は、特定官能基を有するモノマーと、所望により用いられる特定官能基を有さないモノマーおよび重合開始剤等を溶解するものであれば特に限定されない。具体例としては、後述する[溶剤]の項に記載する。 (B) Although the method to obtain the acrylic polymer which is an example of a component is not specifically limited, For example, the monomer containing the monomer which has a specific functional group, the monomer which does not have a specific functional group depending on necessity, a polymerization initiator, etc. Is obtained by a polymerization reaction at a temperature of 50 ° C. to 110 ° C. in a solvent coexisting with. In that case, the solvent used will not be specifically limited if it dissolves the monomer which has a specific functional group, the monomer which does not have the specific functional group used depending on necessity, a polymerization initiator, etc. Specific examples are described in the section of [Solvent] described later.
 以上の方法により得られる(B)成分の例であるアクリル重合体は、通常、溶剤に溶解した溶液の状態である。 The acrylic polymer which is an example of the component (B) obtained by the above method is usually in a solution state dissolved in a solvent.
 また、上記方法で得られた(B)成分の例であるアクリル重合体の溶液を、攪拌下のジエチルエーテルや水等に投入して再沈殿させ、生成した沈殿物を濾過・洗浄した後に、常圧または減圧下で、常温乾燥または加熱乾燥し、(B)成分の例であるアクリル重合体の粉体とすることができる。上述の操作により、(B)成分の例であるアクリル重合体と共存する重合開始剤および未反応のモノマーを除去することができ、その結果、精製した(B)成分の例であるアクリル重合体の粉体が得られる。一度の操作で充分に精製できない場合は、得られた粉体を溶剤に再溶解させ、上述の操作を繰り返し行えば良い。 In addition, the acrylic polymer solution, which is an example of the component (B) obtained by the above method, is poured into diethyl ether or water under stirring to cause reprecipitation, and the generated precipitate is filtered and washed. Under normal pressure or reduced pressure, it can be dried at room temperature or dried to obtain an acrylic polymer powder as an example of the component (B). By the above operation, the polymerization initiator and unreacted monomer coexisting with the acrylic polymer which is an example of the component (B) can be removed, and as a result, the acrylic polymer which is an example of the purified component (B) Of powder is obtained. If sufficient purification cannot be achieved by a single operation, the obtained powder may be redissolved in a solvent and the above operation may be repeated.
 (B)成分の好ましい例であるアクリル重合体は、重量平均分子量が3000乃至200000であることが好ましく、4000乃至150000であることがより好ましく、5000乃至100000であることがさらに好ましい。重量平均分子量が200000を超えて過大なものであると、溶剤に対する溶解性が低下しハンドリング性が低下する場合があり、重量平均分子量が3000未満で過小なものであると、熱硬化時に硬化不足になり溶剤耐性および耐熱性が低下する場合がある。尚、重量平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)により、標準資料としてポリスチレンを用いて得られる値である。以下、本明細書においても同様とする。 The acrylic polymer which is a preferred example of the component (B) has a weight average molecular weight of preferably 3000 to 200000, more preferably 4000 to 150,000, and still more preferably 5000 to 100,000. If the weight average molecular weight exceeds 200,000, the solvent solubility may decrease and handling may decrease. If the weight average molecular weight is less than 3,000, the curing may be insufficient during thermal curing. The solvent resistance and heat resistance may be reduced. The weight average molecular weight is a value obtained by using gel as a standard material by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). Hereinafter, the same applies to this specification.
 次に、(B)成分の特定重合体の好ましい一例であるポリエーテルポリオールとしては、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコール、プロピレングリコールやビスフェノールA、トリエチレングリコール、ソルビトール等の多価アルコールにプロピレンオキサイドやポリエチレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコール等を付加したものが挙げられる。ポリエーテルポリオールの具体例としてはADEKA製アデカポリエーテルPシリーズ、Gシリーズ、EDPシリーズ、BPXシリーズ、FCシリーズ、CMシリーズ、日油製ユニオックス(登録商標)HC-40、HC-60、ST-30E、ST-40E、G-450、G-750、ユニオール(登録商標)TG-330、TG-1000、TG-3000、TG-4000、HS-1600D、DA-400、DA-700、DB-400、ノニオン(登録商標)LT-221、ST-221、OT-221等が挙げられる。 Next, as a polyether polyol which is a preferable example of the specific polymer of the component (B), polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, propylene glycol, bisphenol A, triethylene glycol, sorbitol and other polyhydric alcohols, propylene oxide and polyethylene glycol , And polypropylene glycol added. Specific examples of polyether polyols include ADEKA Adeka Polyether P Series, G Series, EDP Series, BPX Series, FC Series, CM Series, NOF UNIOX (registered trademark) HC-40, HC-60, ST- 30E, ST-40E, G-450, G-750, Uniol (registered trademark) TG-330, TG-1000, TG-3000, TG-4000, HS-1600D, DA-400, DA-700, DB-400 Nonion (registered trademark) LT-221, ST-221, OT-221 and the like.
 (B)成分の特定重合体の好ましい一例であるポリエステルポリオールとしては、アジピン酸、セバシン酸、イソフタル酸等の多価カルボン酸にエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ブチレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコール等のジオールを反応させたものが挙げられる。ポリエステルポリオールの具体例としてはDIC製ポリライト(登録商標)OD-X-286、OD-X-102、OD-X-355、OD-X-2330、OD-X-240、OD-X-668、OD-X-2108、OD-X-2376、OD-X-2044、OD-X-688、OD-X-2068、OD-X-2547、OD-X-2420、OD-X-2523、OD-X-2555、OD-X-2560、クラレ製ポリオールP-510、P-1010、P-2010、P-3010、P-4010、P-5010、P-6010、F-510、F-1010、F-2010、F-3010、P-1011、P-2011、P-2013、P-2030、N-2010、PNNA-2016等が挙げられる。 (B) As a polyester polyol which is a preferable example of the specific polymer of component, diols such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butylene glycol, polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol are added to polyvalent carboxylic acids such as adipic acid, sebacic acid and isophthalic acid. Can be mentioned. Specific examples of the polyester polyol include DIC polylite (registered trademark) OD-X-286, OD-X-102, OD-X-355, OD-X-2330, OD-X-240, OD-X-668, OD-X-2108, OD-X-2376, OD-X-2044, OD-X-688, OD-X-2068, OD-X-2547, OD-X-2420, OD-X-2523, OD- X-2555, OD-X-2560, Kuraray polyols P-510, P-1010, P-2010, P-3010, P-4010, P-5010, P-6010, F-510, F-1010, F -2010, F-3010, P-1011, P-2011, P-2013, P-2030, N-2010, PNNA-2016 and the like.
 (B)成分の特定重合体の好ましい一例であるポリカプロラクトンポリオールとしては、トリメチロールプロパンやエチレングリコール等の多価アルコールを開始剤としてε-カプロラクトンを開環重合させたものが挙げられる。ポリカプロラクトンポリオールの具体例としてはDIC製ポリライト(登録商標)OD-X-2155、OD-X-640、OD-X-2568、ダイセル化学製プラクセル(登録商標)205、L205AL、205U、208、210、212、L212AL、220、230、240、303、305、308、312、320等が挙げられる。 Examples of the polycaprolactone polyol which is a preferred example of the specific polymer of the component (B) include those obtained by ring-opening polymerization of ε-caprolactone using a polyhydric alcohol such as trimethylolpropane or ethylene glycol as an initiator. Specific examples of the polycaprolactone polyol include DIC's Polylite (registered trademark) OD-X-2155, OD-X-640, OD-X-2568, Daicel Chemical's Plaxel (registered trademark) 205, L205AL, 205U, 208, 210 212, L212AL, 220, 230, 240, 303, 305, 308, 312, 320, and the like.
 (B)成分の特定重合体の好ましい一例であるポリカーボネートポリオールとしては、トリメチロールプロパンやエチレングリコール等の多価アルコールと炭酸ジエチル、炭酸ジフェニル、エチレンカーボネート等を反応させたものが挙げられる。ポリカーボネートポリオールの具体例としてはダイセル化学製プラクセル(登録商標)CD205、CD205PL、CD210、CD220、クラレ製のC-590、C-1050、C-2050、C-2090、C-3090等が挙げられる。 Examples of the polycarbonate polyol which is a preferable example of the specific polymer of the component (B) include those obtained by reacting a polyhydric alcohol such as trimethylolpropane or ethylene glycol with diethyl carbonate, diphenyl carbonate, ethylene carbonate, or the like. Specific examples of the polycarbonate polyol include Placel (registered trademark) CD205, CD205PL, CD210, CD220 manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, and C-590, C-1050, C-2050, C-2090, C-3090 manufactured by Kuraray, and the like.
 (B)成分の特定重合体の好ましい一例であるセルロースとしては、ヒドロキシエチルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース等のヒドロキシアルキルセルロース類、ヒドロキシエチルメチルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルメチルセルロース、ヒドロキシエチルエチルセルロース等のヒドロキシアルキルアルキルセルロース類およびセルロース等が挙げられ、例えば、ヒドロキシエチルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース等のヒドロキシアルキルセルロース類が好ましい。 Examples of cellulose that is a preferred example of the specific polymer of component (B) include hydroxyalkylcelluloses such as hydroxyethylcellulose and hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxyalkylalkylcelluloses such as hydroxyethylmethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose and hydroxyethylethylcellulose, and cellulose. For example, hydroxyalkyl celluloses such as hydroxyethyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl cellulose are preferable.
 (B)成分の特定重合体の好ましい一例であるシクロデキストリンとしては、α-シクロデキストリン、β-シクロデキストリンおよびγシクロデキストリン等のシクロデキストリン、メチル-α-シクロデキストリン、メチル-β-シクロデキストリンならびにメチル-γ-シクロデキストリン等のメチル化シクロデキストリン、ヒドロキシメチル-α-シクロデキストリン、ヒドロキシメチル-β-シクロデキストリン、ヒドロキシメチル-γ-シクロデキストリン、2-ヒドロキシエチル-α-シクロデキストリン、2-ヒドロキシエチル-β-シクロデキストリン、2-ヒドロキシエチル-γ-シクロデキストリン、2-ヒドロキシプロピル-α-シクロデキストリン、2-ヒドロキシプロピル-β-シクロデキストリン、2-ヒドロキシプロピル-γ-シクロデキストリン、3-ヒドロキシプロピル-α-シクロデキストリン、3-ヒドロキシプロピル-β-シクロデキストリン、3-ヒドロキシプロピル-γ-シクロデキストリン、2,3-ジヒドロキシプロピル-α-シクロデキストリン、2,3-ジヒドロキシプロピル-β-シクロデキストリン、2,3-ジヒドロキシプロピル-γ-シクロデキストリン等のヒドロキシアルキルシクロデキストリン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the cyclodextrin which is a preferable example of the specific polymer of the component (B) include cyclodextrins such as α-cyclodextrin, β-cyclodextrin and γcyclodextrin, methyl-α-cyclodextrin, methyl-β-cyclodextrin and Methylated cyclodextrins such as methyl-γ-cyclodextrin, hydroxymethyl-α-cyclodextrin, hydroxymethyl-β-cyclodextrin, hydroxymethyl-γ-cyclodextrin, 2-hydroxyethyl-α-cyclodextrin, 2-hydroxy Ethyl-β-cyclodextrin, 2-hydroxyethyl-γ-cyclodextrin, 2-hydroxypropyl-α-cyclodextrin, 2-hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin, 2-hydroxypropyl Lopyl-γ-cyclodextrin, 3-hydroxypropyl-α-cyclodextrin, 3-hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin, 3-hydroxypropyl-γ-cyclodextrin, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl-α-cyclodextrin, 2 , 3-dihydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl-γ-cyclodextrin, and the like.
 (B)成分の特定重合体の好ましい一例であるメラミンホルムアルデヒド樹脂としては、メラミンとホルムアルデヒドを重縮合して得られる樹脂であり下記式で表される。 The melamine formaldehyde resin which is a preferable example of the specific polymer of the component (B) is a resin obtained by polycondensation of melamine and formaldehyde, and is represented by the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 上記式中、R21は水素原子または炭素原子数1乃至4のアルキル基を表し、nは繰り返し単位の数を表す自然数である。炭素原子数1乃至4のアルキル基の例としては上記又は下記に例示されたアルキル基のうち該当する炭素原子数の基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
In the above formula, R 21 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and n is a natural number representing the number of repeating units. Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include groups having the corresponding number of carbon atoms among the alkyl groups exemplified above or below.
 (B)成分のメラミンホルムアルデヒド樹脂は、保存安定性の観点からメラミンとホルムアルデヒドの重縮合の際に生成したメチロール基がアルキル化されていることが好ましい。 In the melamine formaldehyde resin as the component (B), it is preferable that the methylol group generated during the polycondensation of melamine and formaldehyde is alkylated from the viewpoint of storage stability.
 (B)成分のメラミンホルムアルデヒド樹脂を得る方法は特には限定されないが、一般的にメラミンとホルムアルデヒドを混合し、炭酸ナトリウムやアンモニア等を用いて弱アルカリ性にした後60℃乃至100℃にて加熱することにより合成される。さらにアルコールと反応させることでメチロール基をアルコキシ化することができる。 The method for obtaining the melamine formaldehyde resin as the component (B) is not particularly limited, but in general, melamine and formaldehyde are mixed, made weakly alkaline using sodium carbonate, ammonia, etc., and then heated at 60 ° C. to 100 ° C. Is synthesized. Further, the methylol group can be alkoxylated by reacting with alcohol.
 (B)成分のメラミンホルムアルデヒド樹脂は、重量平均分子量が250乃至5000であることが好ましく、300乃至4000であることがより好ましく、350乃至3500であることがさらに好ましい。重量平均分子量が5000を超えて過大なものであると、溶剤に対する溶解性が低下しハンドリング性が低下する場合があり、重量平均分子量が250未満で過小なものであると、熱硬化時に硬化不足になり溶剤耐性および耐熱性の向上効果が十分に現れない場合がある。 The (B) component melamine formaldehyde resin preferably has a weight average molecular weight of 250 to 5000, more preferably 300 to 4000, and even more preferably 350 to 3500. If the weight average molecular weight exceeds 5,000, the solubility in the solvent may decrease and handling may decrease. If the weight average molecular weight is less than 250, the curing may be insufficient during thermal curing. Therefore, the effect of improving solvent resistance and heat resistance may not be sufficiently exhibited.
 本発明の実施形態においては、(B)成分のメラミンホルムアルデヒド樹脂は液体形態で、あるいは精製した液体を後述する溶剤に再溶解した溶液形態で用いてもよい。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the melamine formaldehyde resin as the component (B) may be used in a liquid form or a solution form in which a purified liquid is redissolved in a solvent described later.
 また、本発明の実施形態においては、(B)成分のメラミンホルムアルデヒド樹脂は、複数種の(B)成分のメラミンホルムアルデヒド樹脂の混合物であってもよい。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the melamine formaldehyde resin as the component (B) may be a mixture of plural types of melamine formaldehyde resins as the component (B).
 (B)成分の特定重合体の好ましい一例であるフェノールノボラック樹脂としては、例えば、フェノール-ホルムアルデヒド重縮合物などが挙げられる。 Examples of the phenol novolak resin which is a preferred example of the specific polymer of the component (B) include phenol-formaldehyde polycondensate.
 本実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物において、(B)成分のポリマーは、粉体形態で、または精製した粉末を後述する溶剤に再溶解した溶液形態で用いてもよい。 In the cured film forming composition of the present embodiment, the polymer of the component (B) may be used in a powder form or in a solution form in which a purified powder is redissolved in a solvent described later.
 また、本実施の形態の硬化膜形成組成物において、(B)成分は、(B)成分として例示されたポリマーの複数種の混合物であってもよい。 Further, in the cured film forming composition of the present embodiment, the component (B) may be a mixture of a plurality of types of polymers exemplified as the component (B).
[(C)成分]
 本実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物は、(C)成分として、架橋剤を含有する。 より詳しくは、(C)成分は、上述の(A)成分、(B)成分および後述の(D)成分と反応し、かつ、(A)成分が低分子光配向成分である場合に、(A)成分の昇華温度より低温で反応する架橋剤である。(C)成分は、(A)成分の昇華温度より低温で、(A)成分である低分子化合物及び/又はポリマーのヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミド基、アミノ基、アルコキシシリル基および上記式(2)で表される基から選ばれる置換基、(B)成分に含まれるヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミド基、アミノ基、アルコキシシリル基および上記式(2)で表される基から選ばれる置換基、(D)成分の化合物と結合する。その結果、後述するように、(A)成分、(B)成分および(D)成分と、(C)成分である架橋剤とが熱反応する際に、(A)成分が昇華するのを抑制することができる。そして、本実施の形態の硬化膜形成組成物は、硬化膜として、光反応効率の高い配向材を形成することができる。
[Component (C)]
The cured film forming composition of this embodiment contains a crosslinking agent as (C) component. More specifically, the component (C) reacts with the component (A), the component (B) and the component (D) described later, and the component (A) is a low molecular photo-alignment component. A) A crosslinking agent that reacts at a temperature lower than the sublimation temperature of the component. The component (C) is at a temperature lower than the sublimation temperature of the component (A), and the hydroxy group, carboxyl group, amide group, amino group, alkoxysilyl group and the above formula (A) Substituents selected from the groups represented by 2), hydroxy groups, carboxyl groups, amide groups, amino groups, alkoxysilyl groups contained in the component (B) and substitutions selected from the groups represented by the above formula (2) Bonds to the group (D) component compound. As a result, as will be described later, when the (A) component, the (B) component, the (D) component, and the crosslinking agent as the (C) component are thermally reacted, the (A) component is prevented from sublimating. can do. And the cured film formation composition of this Embodiment can form alignment material with high photoreaction efficiency as a cured film.
 (C)成分である架橋剤としては、エポキシ化合物、メチロール化合物およびイソシアナート化合物等の化合物が挙げられるが、好ましくはメチロール化合物である。 Examples of the crosslinking agent (C) include compounds such as epoxy compounds, methylol compounds and isocyanate compounds, with methylol compounds being preferred.
 上述したメチロール化合物の具体例としては、例えば、アルコキシメチル化グリコールウリル、アルコキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミンおよびアルコキシメチル化メラミン等の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the methylol compound described above include compounds such as alkoxymethylated glycoluril, alkoxymethylated benzoguanamine, and alkoxymethylated melamine.
 アルコキシメチル化グリコールウリルの具体例としては、例えば、1,3,4,6-テトラキス(メトキシメチル)グリコールウリル、1,3,4,6-テトラキス(ブトキシメチル)グリコールウリル、1,3,4,6-テトラキス(ヒドロキシメチル)グリコールウリル、1,3-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)尿素、1,1,3,3-テトラキス(ブトキシメチル)尿素、1,1,3,3-テトラキス(メトキシメチル)尿素、1,3-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)-4,5-ジヒドロキシ-2-イミダゾリノン、および1,3-ビス(メトキシメチル)-4,5-ジメトキシ-2-イミダゾリノン等が挙げられる。市販品として、三井サイテック(株)製グリコールウリル化合物(商品名:サイメル(登録商標)1170、パウダーリンク(登録商標)1174)等の化合物、メチル化尿素樹脂(商品名:UFR(登録商標)65)、ブチル化尿素樹脂(商品名:UFR(登録商標)300、U-VAN10S60、U-VAN10R、U-VAN11HV)、大日本インキ化学工業(株)製尿素/ホルムアルデヒド系樹脂(高縮合型、商品名:ベッカミン(登録商標)J-300S、同P-955、同N)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the alkoxymethylated glycoluril include, for example, 1,3,4,6-tetrakis (methoxymethyl) glycoluril, 1,3,4,6-tetrakis (butoxymethyl) glycoluril, 1,3,4 , 6-tetrakis (hydroxymethyl) glycoluril, 1,3-bis (hydroxymethyl) urea, 1,1,3,3-tetrakis (butoxymethyl) urea, 1,1,3,3-tetrakis (methoxymethyl) Examples include urea, 1,3-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4,5-dihydroxy-2-imidazolinone, and 1,3-bis (methoxymethyl) -4,5-dimethoxy-2-imidazolinone. As commercially available products, compounds such as glycoluril compounds (trade names: Cymel (registered trademark) 1170, Powderlink (registered trademark) 1174) manufactured by Mitsui Cytec Co., Ltd., methylated urea resins (trade name: UFR (registered trademark) 65) ), Butylated urea resin (trade names: UFR (registered trademark) 300, U-VAN10S60, U-VAN10R, U-VAN11HV), urea / formaldehyde resin (high condensation type, commercial product) manufactured by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc. Name: Beccamine (registered trademark) J-300S, P-955, N) and the like.
 アルコキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミンの具体例としては、例えば、テトラメトキシメチルベンゾグアナミン等が挙げられる。市販品として、三井サイテック(株)製(商品名:サイメル(登録商標)1123)、(株)三和ケミカル製(商品名:ニカラック(登録商標)BX-4000、同BX-37、同BL-60、同BX-55H)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of alkoxymethylated benzoguanamine include, for example, tetramethoxymethylbenzoguanamine. Commercially available products manufactured by Mitsui Cytec Co., Ltd. (trade name: Cymel (registered trademark) 1123), manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd. (trade names: Nicalac (registered trademark) BX-4000, BX-37, BL- 60, BX-55H) and the like.
 アルコキシメチル化メラミンの具体例としては、例えば、ヘキサメトキシメチルメラミン等が挙げられる。市販品として、三井サイテック(株)製メトキシメチルタイプメラミン化合物(商品名:サイメル(登録商標)300、同301、同303、同350)、ブトキシメチルタイプメラミン化合物(商品名:マイコート(登録商標)506、同508)、三和ケミカル製メトキシメチルタイプメラミン化合物(商品名:ニカラック(登録商標)MW-30、同MW-22、同MW-11、同MS-001、同MX-002、同MX-730、同MX-750、同MX-035)、ブトキシメチルタイプメラミン化合物(商品名:ニカラック(登録商標)MX-45、同MX-410、同MX-302)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of alkoxymethylated melamine include, for example, hexamethoxymethylmelamine. As commercially available products, methoxymethyl type melamine compounds (trade names: Cymel (registered trademark) 300, 301, 303, 350) manufactured by Mitsui Cytec Co., Ltd., butoxymethyl type melamine compounds (trade name: My Coat (registered trademark)) 506, 508), Sanwa Chemical's methoxymethyl-type melamine compound (trade names: Nicalak (registered trademark) MW-30, MW-22, MW-11, MS-001, MX-002, MX-730, MX-750, MX-035), butoxymethyl type melamine compounds (trade names: Nicalac (registered trademark) MX-45, MX-410, MX-302) and the like.
 また、このようなアミノ基の水素原子がメチロール基またはアルコキシメチル基で置換されたメラミン化合物、尿素化合物、グリコールウリル化合物およびベンゾグアナミン化合物を縮合させて得られる化合物であってもよい。例えば、米国特許第6323310号に記載されているメラミン化合物およびベンゾグアナミン化合物から製造される高分子量の化合物が挙げられる。前記メラミン化合物の市販品としては、商品名:サイメル(登録商標)303(三井サイテック(株)製)等が挙げられ、前記ベンゾグアナミン化合物の市販品としては、商品名:サイメル(登録商標)1123(三井サイテック(株)製)等が挙げられる。 Further, it may be a compound obtained by condensing a melamine compound, urea compound, glycoluril compound and benzoguanamine compound in which the hydrogen atom of the amino group is substituted with a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group. For example, the high molecular weight compound manufactured from the melamine compound and the benzoguanamine compound which are described in US Patent 6,323,310 is mentioned. Examples of commercially available products of the melamine compound include trade name: Cymel (registered trademark) 303 (manufactured by Mitsui Cytec Co., Ltd.). Examples of commercially available products of the benzoguanamine compound include product name: Cymel (registered trademark) 1123 ( Mitsui Cytec Co., Ltd.).
 さらに、(C)成分としては、N-ヒドロキシメチルアクリルアミド、N-メトキシメチルメタクリルアミド、N-エトキシメチルアクリルアミド、N-ブトキシメチルメタクリルアミド等のヒドロキシメチル基またはアルコキシメチル基で置換されたアクリルアミド化合物またはメタクリルアミド化合物を使用して製造されるポリマーも用いることができる。 Further, as the component (C), an acrylamide compound substituted with a hydroxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group such as N-hydroxymethylacrylamide, N-methoxymethylmethacrylamide, N-ethoxymethylacrylamide, N-butoxymethylmethacrylamide, or the like Polymers produced using methacrylamide compounds can also be used.
 そのようなポリマーとしては、例えば、ポリ(N-ブトキシメチルアクリルアミド)、N-ブトキシメチルアクリルアミドとスチレンとの共重合体、N-ヒドロキシメチルメタクリルアミドとメチルメタクリレートとの共重合体、N-エトキシメチルメタクリルアミドとベンジルメタクリレートとの共重合体、および、N-ブトキシメチルアクリルアミドとベンジルメタクリレートと2-ヒドロキシプロピルメタクリレートとの共重合体等が挙げられる。このようなポリマーの重量平均分子量は、1000乃至500000であり、好ましくは、2000乃至200000であり、より好ましくは3000乃至150000であり、さらに好ましくは3000乃至50000である。 Examples of such a polymer include poly (N-butoxymethylacrylamide), a copolymer of N-butoxymethylacrylamide and styrene, a copolymer of N-hydroxymethylmethacrylamide and methylmethacrylate, and N-ethoxymethyl. Examples thereof include a copolymer of methacrylamide and benzyl methacrylate, and a copolymer of N-butoxymethylacrylamide, benzyl methacrylate and 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate. The weight average molecular weight of such a polymer is 1000 to 500000, preferably 2000 to 200000, more preferably 3000 to 150,000, and still more preferably 3000 to 50000.
 これらの架橋剤は、単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 These cross-linking agents can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 本実施の形態の硬化膜形成組成物における(C)成分の架橋剤の含有量は、(A)成分である低分子化合物並びにポリマーから選ばれる少なくとも一種と(B)成分のポリマーとの合計量の100質量部に基づいて10質量部乃至100質量部であることが好ましく、より好ましくは15質量部乃至80質量部である。架橋剤の含有量が過小である場合には、硬化膜形成組成物から得られる硬化膜の溶剤耐性および耐熱性が低下し、光配向時の配向感度が低下する。他方、含有量が過大である場合には光配向性および保存安定性が低下することがある。 The content of the crosslinking agent of component (C) in the cured film forming composition of the present embodiment is the total amount of at least one selected from the low molecular compound and polymer as component (A) and the polymer of component (B). It is preferably 10 to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 15 to 80 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass. When content of a crosslinking agent is too small, the solvent tolerance and heat resistance of the cured film obtained from a cured film formation composition will fall, and the orientation sensitivity at the time of photo-alignment will fall. On the other hand, when the content is excessive, the photo-alignment property and the storage stability may be lowered.
[(D)成分]
 本実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物に含有される(D)成分は、1分子中にC=C二重結合を含む重合性基を少なくとも1つを有し且つN-アルコキシメチル基を少なくとも1つ有する低分子化合物である。
[(D) component]
The component (D) contained in the cured film forming composition of this embodiment has at least one polymerizable group containing a C═C double bond in one molecule and at least one N-alkoxymethyl group. Low molecular weight compound.
 (D)成分を含有する本実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物から形成される硬化膜を配向材として用いる場合、配向材と重合性液晶の層との密着性が向上するよう、重合性液晶の重合性官能基と配向材の架橋反応部位を共有結合によりリンクさせることができる。その結果、本実施形態の配向材上に硬化した重合性液晶を積層してなる本実施形態の位相差材は、高温高質の条件下でも、強い密着性を維持することができ、剥離等に対する高い耐久性を示すことができる。 When the cured film formed from the cured film-forming composition of this embodiment containing the component (D) is used as an alignment material, the polymerizable liquid crystal of the polymerizable liquid crystal is improved so that the adhesion between the alignment material and the polymerizable liquid crystal layer is improved. The polymerizable functional group and the crosslinking reaction site of the alignment material can be linked by a covalent bond. As a result, the retardation material of this embodiment formed by laminating a cured polymerizable liquid crystal on the alignment material of this embodiment can maintain strong adhesion even under high temperature and high quality conditions, such as peeling. High durability can be exhibited.
C=C二重結合を含む重合性基としては、アクリル基、メタクリル基、ビニル基、アリル基、マレイミド基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the polymerizable group containing a C═C double bond include an acryl group, a methacryl group, a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a maleimide group.
N-アルコキシメチル基のN、すなわち窒素原子としては、アミドの窒素原子、チオアミドの窒素原子、ウレアの窒素原子、チオウレアの窒素原子、ウレタンの窒素原子、含窒素へテロ環の窒素原子の隣接位に結合した窒素原子等が挙げられる。従って、N-アルコキシメチル基としては、アミドの窒素原子、チオアミドの窒素原子、ウレアの窒素原子、チオウレアの窒素原子、ウレタンの窒素原子、含窒素へテロ環の窒素原子の隣接位に結合した窒素原子等から選ばれる窒素原子にアルコキシメチル基が結合した構造が挙げられる。 N of N-alkoxymethyl group, that is, nitrogen atom is adjacent to amide nitrogen atom, thioamide nitrogen atom, urea nitrogen atom, thiourea nitrogen atom, urethane nitrogen atom, nitrogen atom of nitrogen-containing heterocycle And a nitrogen atom bonded to. Therefore, the N-alkoxymethyl group includes an amide nitrogen atom, a thioamide nitrogen atom, a urea nitrogen atom, a thiourea nitrogen atom, a urethane nitrogen atom, and a nitrogen bonded to the adjacent position of the nitrogen atom of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring. Examples include a structure in which an alkoxymethyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom selected from atoms and the like.
(D)成分としては、上記の基を有するものであればよいが、好ましくは、例えば下記の式(1)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(式中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Rは水素原子、若しくは直鎖又は分岐鎖の炭素原子数1乃至10のアルキル基を表す)
As the component (D), any compound having the above-mentioned group may be used, and preferably, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (1) is exemplified.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(Wherein R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms)
上記アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、1-メチル-n-ブチル基、2-メチル-n-ブチル基、3-メチル-n-ブチル基、1,1-ジメチル-n-プロピル基、1,2-ジメチル-n-プロピル基、2,2-ジメチル-n-プロピル基、1-エチル-n-プロピル基、n-ヘキシル基、1-メチル-n-ペンチル基、2-メチル-n-ペンチル基、3-メチル-n-ペンチル基、4-メチル-n-ペンチル基、1,1-ジメチル-n-ブチル基、1,2-ジメチル-n-ブチル基、1,3-ジメチル-n-ブチル基、2,2-ジメチル-n-ブチル基、2,3-ジメチル-n-ブチル基、3,3-ジメチル-n-ブチル基、1-エチル-n-ブチル基、2-エチル-n-ブチル基、1,1,2-トリメチル-n-プロピル基、1,2,2-トリメチル-n-プロピル基、1-エチル-1-メチル-n-プロピル基、1-エチル-2-メチル-n-プロピル基、n-ヘプチル基、1-メチル-n-ヘキシル基、2-メチル-n-ヘキシル基、3-メチル-n-ヘキシル基、1,1-ジメチル-n-ペンチル基、1,2-ジメチル-n-ペンチル基、1,3-ジメチル-n-ペンチル基、2,2-ジメチル-n-ペンチル基、2,3-ジメチル-n-ペンチル基、3,3-ジメチル-n-ペンチル基、1-エチル-n-ペンチル基、2-エチル-n-ペンチル基、3-エチル-n-ペンチル基、1-メチル-1-エチル-n-ブチル基、1-メチル-2-エチル-n-ブチル基、1-エチル-2-メチル-n-ブチル基、2-メチル-2-エチル-n-ブチル基、2-エチル-3-メチル-n-ブチル基、n-オクチル基、1-メチル-n-ヘプチル基、2-メチル-n-ヘプチル基、3-メチル-n-ヘプチル基、1,1-ジメチル-n-ヘキシル基、1,2-ジメチル-n-ヘキシル基、1,3-ジメチル-n-ヘキシル基、2,2-ジメチル-n-ヘキシル基、2,3-ジメチル-n-ヘキシル基、3,3-ジメチル-n-ヘキシル基、1-エチル-n-ヘキシル基、2-エチル-n-ヘキシル基、3-エチル-n-ヘキシル基、1-メチル-1-エチル-n-ペンチル基、1-メチル-2-エチル-n-ペンチル基、1-メチル-3-エチル-n-ペンチル基、2-メチル-2-エチル-n-ペンチル基、2-メチル-3-エチル-n-ペンチル基、3-メチル-3-エチル-n-ペンチル基、n-ノニル基、n-デシル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, and 1-methyl-n. -Butyl group, 2-methyl-n-butyl group, 3-methyl-n-butyl group, 1,1-dimethyl-n-propyl group, 1,2-dimethyl-n-propyl group, 2,2-dimethyl- n-propyl group, 1-ethyl-n-propyl group, n-hexyl group, 1-methyl-n-pentyl group, 2-methyl-n-pentyl group, 3-methyl-n-pentyl group, 4-methyl- n-pentyl group, 1,1-dimethyl-n-butyl group, 1,2-dimethyl-n-butyl group, 1,3-dimethyl-n-butyl group, 2,2-dimethyl-n-butyl group, 2 , 3-dimethyl-n-butyl group, 3, -Dimethyl-n-butyl, 1-ethyl-n-butyl, 2-ethyl-n-butyl, 1,1,2-trimethyl-n-propyl, 1,2,2-trimethyl-n-propyl Group, 1-ethyl-1-methyl-n-propyl group, 1-ethyl-2-methyl-n-propyl group, n-heptyl group, 1-methyl-n-hexyl group, 2-methyl-n-hexyl group 3-methyl-n-hexyl group, 1,1-dimethyl-n-pentyl group, 1,2-dimethyl-n-pentyl group, 1,3-dimethyl-n-pentyl group, 2,2-dimethyl-n -Pentyl group, 2,3-dimethyl-n-pentyl group, 3,3-dimethyl-n-pentyl group, 1-ethyl-n-pentyl group, 2-ethyl-n-pentyl group, 3-ethyl-n- A pentyl group, a 1-methyl-1-ethyl-n-butyl group, -Methyl-2-ethyl-n-butyl group, 1-ethyl-2-methyl-n-butyl group, 2-methyl-2-ethyl-n-butyl group, 2-ethyl-3-methyl-n-butyl group N-octyl group, 1-methyl-n-heptyl group, 2-methyl-n-heptyl group, 3-methyl-n-heptyl group, 1,1-dimethyl-n-hexyl group, 1,2-dimethyl- n-hexyl group, 1,3-dimethyl-n-hexyl group, 2,2-dimethyl-n-hexyl group, 2,3-dimethyl-n-hexyl group, 3,3-dimethyl-n-hexyl group, 1 -Ethyl-n-hexyl group, 2-ethyl-n-hexyl group, 3-ethyl-n-hexyl group, 1-methyl-1-ethyl-n-pentyl group, 1-methyl-2-ethyl-n-pentyl Group, 1-methyl-3-ethyl-n-pentyl group, 2-methyl Examples include ru-2-ethyl-n-pentyl group, 2-methyl-3-ethyl-n-pentyl group, 3-methyl-3-ethyl-n-pentyl group, n-nonyl group, and n-decyl group. .
上記式(1)で表される化合物の具体例としては、N-ブトキシメチルアクリルアミド、N-イソブトキシメチルアクリルアミド、N-メトキシメチルアクリルアミド、N-メトキシメチルメタクリルアミド、N-メチロールアクリルアミド等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the above formula (1) include N-butoxymethylacrylamide, N-isobutoxymethylacrylamide, N-methoxymethylacrylamide, N-methoxymethylmethacrylamide, N-methylolacrylamide and the like. .
 (D)成分のC=C二重結合を含む重合性基とN-アルコキシメチル基を有する化合物の別の態様としては、好ましくは、例えば下記の式(X2)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

 [式中、R51は水素原子又はメチル基を表す。R53は直鎖又は分岐鎖の炭素原子数2乃至20のアルキレン基、炭素原子数5乃至6の脂肪族環からなる二価の基、若しくは炭素原子数5乃至6の脂肪族環を含む二価の脂肪族基を表し、構造中にエーテル結合を含んでいてもよい。R54は直鎖又は分岐鎖の炭素原子数2乃至20のアルキル基から水素原子を1乃至8個取り去った構造からなる二価乃至九価の基、炭素原子数5乃至6の脂肪族環基から水素原子をさらに1乃至8個取り去った構造からなる二価乃至九価の基、若しくは炭素原子数5乃至6の脂肪族環を含む二価乃至九価の脂肪族基を表し、構造中にエーテル結合を含んでいてもよい。R52は直鎖又は分岐鎖の炭素原子数1乃至20のアルキル基、炭素原子数5乃至6の脂肪族環からなる一価の基、若しくは炭素原子数5乃至6の脂肪族環を含む一価の脂肪族基を表し、これらの基の一つのメチレンまたは隣り合わない複数のメチレン基がエーテル結合に置き換わっていてもよい。Zは>NCOO-、または-OCON<(ここで「-」は結合手が1つであることを示す。また、「>」「<」は結合手が2つであることを示す。N原子のいずれか一方の結合手は-CHOR52と結合している。)を表す。rは2以上9以下の自然数である。]
As another embodiment of the compound having a polymerizable group containing a C═C double bond and an N-alkoxymethyl group as component (D), for example, a compound represented by the following formula (X2) is preferable. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

[Wherein, R 51 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 53 is a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a divalent group composed of an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms, or a divalent group containing an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms. Represents a valent aliphatic group and may contain an ether bond in the structure. R 54 is a divalent to nonvalent group having a structure in which 1 to 8 hydrogen atoms are removed from a linear or branched alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aliphatic cyclic group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms. Represents a divalent to nine-valent group having a structure in which 1 to 8 hydrogen atoms are further removed from the divalent to divalent to nine-valent aliphatic group containing an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms, An ether bond may be included. R 52 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a monovalent group consisting of an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms, or an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms. Represents a divalent aliphatic group, and one methylene group or a plurality of non-adjacent methylene groups in these groups may be replaced by an ether bond. Z is> NCOO-, or -OCON <(where "-" indicates that there is one bond, and ">" and "<" indicate that there are two bonds. N atom Any one of the bonds represents a bond with —CH 2 OR 52 ). r is a natural number of 2 or more and 9 or less. ]
53の定義における炭素原子数2乃至20のアルキレン基及びR54の定義における直鎖又は分岐鎖の炭素原子数2乃至20のアルキル基から水素原子を1乃至8個取り去った構造からなる二価乃至九価の基の具体例としては、下記に示す炭素原子数2乃至20のアルキル基から、さらに1乃至8個の水素原子を取り去った二価乃至九価の基が挙げられる。
当該炭素原子数2乃至20のアルキル基の具体例としては、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、s-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、1-メチル-n-ブチル基、2-メチル-n-ブチル基、3-メチル-n-ブチル基、1,1-ジメチル-n-プロピル基、n-ヘキシル基、1-メチル-n-ペンチル基、2-メチル-n-ペンチル基、1,1-ジメチル-n-ブチル基、1-エチル-n-ブチル基、1,1,2-トリメチル-n-プロピル基、n-ヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、n-ノニル基、n-デシル基、n-ウンデシル基、n-ドデシル基、n-トリデシル基、n-テトラデシル基、n-ペンタデシル基、n-ヘキサデシル基、n-ヘプタデシル基、n-オクタデシル基、n-ノナデシル基、n-エイコシル基が挙げられ、また、それらの一種または複数種が炭素原子数20までの範囲で結合した基と、これらの基の一つのメチレンまたは隣り合わない複数のメチレン基がエーテル結合に置き換わった基等が一例として挙げられる。
A divalent structure having a structure in which 1 to 8 hydrogen atoms are removed from an alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms in the definition of R 53 and a linear or branched alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms in the definition of R 54 Specific examples of the thruvalent group include divalent to ninevalent groups in which 1 to 8 hydrogen atoms are further removed from the alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms shown below.
Specific examples of the alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms include ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, n -Pentyl group, 1-methyl-n-butyl group, 2-methyl-n-butyl group, 3-methyl-n-butyl group, 1,1-dimethyl-n-propyl group, n-hexyl group, 1-methyl -N-pentyl, 2-methyl-n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethyl-n-butyl, 1-ethyl-n-butyl, 1,1,2-trimethyl-n-propyl, n- Heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl, n-undecyl, n-dodecyl, n-tridecyl, n-tetradecyl, n-pentadecyl, n-hexadecyl, n- Heptadecyl group, n-octadecyl group, n- A nadecyl group, an n-eicosyl group, a group in which one or more of these groups are bonded within a range of up to 20 carbon atoms, and one methylene group or a plurality of methylene groups not adjacent to each other is an ether. An example is a group replaced with a bond.
これらのうち、炭素原子数2乃至10のアルキレン基が好ましく、R53がエチレン基であり、R54がヘキシレン基であるのが原料の入手性等の点から特に好ましい。 Among these, an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, R 53 is an ethylene group, and R 54 is a hexylene group, from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials.
52の定義における炭素原子数1乃至20のアルキル基の具体例としては、上記R53及びR54の定義の説明における炭素原子数2乃至20のアルキル基の具体例及びメチル基が挙げられる。これらのうち、炭素原子数1乃至6のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基またはn-ブチル基が特に好ましい。 Specific examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in the definition of R 52 include a specific example of an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms and a methyl group in the description of the definitions of R 53 and R 54 above. Of these, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, or an n-butyl group is particularly preferable.
52、R53及びR54の定義における炭素原子数5乃至6の脂肪族環の基としては、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基に基づく基が挙げられ、一価の基であるシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基の他、これら炭素原子数5乃至6の脂肪族環基から水素原子をさらに1乃至8個取り去った構造からなる二価乃至九価の基、また、これら炭素原子数5乃至6の脂肪族環を含む一価又は二価乃至九価の脂肪族基の一種または複数種が炭素原子数20までの範囲で結合した基が挙げられ、さらにはこれらの基の一つのメチレンまたは隣り合わない複数のメチレン基がエーテル結合に置き換わった基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the aliphatic ring group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms in the definition of R 52 , R 53 and R 54 include a group based on a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, and a monovalent group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group. In addition, a divalent to a nonvalent group having a structure in which 1 to 8 hydrogen atoms are further removed from the aliphatic ring group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms, or an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms, And a group in which one or a plurality of monovalent or divalent to nine-valent aliphatic groups are bonded in the range of up to 20 carbon atoms, and one methylene of these groups or a plurality of methylenes not adjacent to each other And a group in which the group is replaced with an ether bond.
 rとしては、2以上9以下の自然数が挙げられるが、中でも、2乃至6が好ましい。 R may be a natural number of 2 or more and 9 or less, preferably 2 to 6.
化合物(X2)は、下記の反応スキームで表される製造方法により得られる。すなわち、下記式(X2-1)で表されるアクリルまたはメタクリル基を有するカルバメート化合物(以下、化合物(X2-1)とも言う)を、トリメチルシリルクロリドとパラホルムアルデヒドとを加えた溶媒中で反応させて下記式(X2-2)で表される中間体を合成し、その反応液へR52-OHで表されるアルコールを加えて反応させることにより製造される。 Compound (X2) is obtained by the production method represented by the following reaction scheme. That is, a carbamate compound having an acryl or methacryl group represented by the following formula (X2-1) (hereinafter also referred to as compound (X2-1)) is reacted in a solvent to which trimethylsilyl chloride and paraformaldehyde are added. It is produced by synthesizing an intermediate represented by the following formula (X2-2), and adding and reacting an alcohol represented by R 52 —OH to the reaction solution.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
式中、R51、R52、R53、R54、Z及びrは前記の意味を表し、Xは-NHCOO-または-OCONH-を表す。 In the formula, R 51 , R 52 , R 53 , R 54 , Z and r represent the above-mentioned meanings, and X represents —NHCOO— or —OCONH—.
化合物(X2-1)に対するトリメチルシリルクロリドとパラホルムアルデヒドの使用量は特に限定されないが、反応を完結させるため、分子中のカルバメート結合1つに対し、トリメチルシリルクロリドは1.0乃至6.0当量倍、パラホルムアルデヒドは1.0乃至3.0当量倍使用することが好ましく、トリメチルシリルクロリドの使用当量はパラホルムアルデヒドの使用当量より多いことがより好ましい。 The amount of trimethylsilyl chloride and paraformaldehyde to be used with respect to compound (X2-1) is not particularly limited. However, in order to complete the reaction, trimethylsilyl chloride is 1.0 to 6.0 equivalent times the amount of one carbamate bond in the molecule, Paraformaldehyde is preferably used in an amount of 1.0 to 3.0 equivalents, and more preferably the equivalent of trimethylsilyl chloride is greater than the equivalent of paraformaldehyde.
 反応溶媒としては、反応に不活性なものであれば特に限定はないが、例えば、ヘキサン、シクロヘキサン、ベンゼン、トルエン等の炭化水素類;塩化メチレン、四塩化炭素、クロロホルム、1,2-ジクロロエタン等のハロゲン系炭化水素類;ジエチルエーテル、ジイソプロピルエーテル、1,4-ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル類;アセトニトリル、プロピオニトリル等のニトリル類;N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン等の含窒素非プロトン性極性溶媒;ピリジン、ピコリン等のピリジン類等が挙げられる。これらの溶媒は単独で用いても、これらのうちの2種類以上を混合して用いても良い。好ましくは塩化メチレン、クロロホルムであり、さらに好ましくは塩化メチレンである。 The reaction solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction. For example, hydrocarbons such as hexane, cyclohexane, benzene and toluene; methylene chloride, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane and the like Halogenated hydrocarbons; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane and tetrahydrofuran; nitriles such as acetonitrile and propionitrile; N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N -Nitrogen-containing aprotic polar solvents such as methyl-2-pyrrolidone and 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone; pyridines such as pyridine and picoline. These solvents may be used alone, or two or more of these may be mixed and used. Preferred are methylene chloride and chloroform, and more preferred is methylene chloride.
溶媒の使用量(反応濃度)は特に限定されないが、溶媒を用いずに反応を実施してもよく、また溶媒を使用する場合には化合物(X2-1)に対して0.1乃至100質量倍の溶媒を用いてもよい。好ましくは1乃至30質量倍であり、さらに好ましくは2乃至20質量倍である。 The amount of solvent used (reaction concentration) is not particularly limited, but the reaction may be carried out without using a solvent. When a solvent is used, 0.1 to 100 mass relative to compound (X2-1) is used. Double the solvent may be used. Preferably it is 1 thru | or 30 times mass, More preferably, it is 2 thru | or 20 times mass.
反応温度は特に限定されないが、例えば-90乃至200℃、好ましくは-20乃至100℃で、さらに好ましくは-10乃至50℃である。 The reaction temperature is not particularly limited but is, for example, −90 to 200 ° C., preferably −20 to 100 ° C., and more preferably −10 to 50 ° C.
反応時間は、通常、0.05乃至200時間、好ましくは0.5乃至100時間である。 The reaction time is usually 0.05 to 200 hours, preferably 0.5 to 100 hours.
反応は、常圧または加圧下で行うことができ、また回分式でも連続式でもよい。 The reaction can be carried out at normal pressure or under pressure, and can be batch or continuous.
反応させる際に、重合禁止剤を添加してもよい。そのような重合禁止剤としてはBHT(2,6-ジ-ターシャリーブチル-パラ-クレゾール)やハイドロキノン、パラ-メトキシフェノールなどを用いることができ、アクリル基、メタクリル基の重合を阻害するものであれば特に限定はされない。 A polymerization inhibitor may be added during the reaction. As such a polymerization inhibitor, BHT (2,6-di-tert-butyl-para-cresol), hydroquinone, para-methoxyphenol, etc. can be used, which inhibits polymerization of acrylic groups and methacrylic groups. If there is no particular limitation.
 重合禁止剤を添加する場合の添加量は特に限定されないが、化合物(X2-1)の総使用量(質量)に対し、0.0001乃至10wt%であり、好ましくは0.01乃至1wt%である。本明細書においてwt%とは質量%を意味する。 The addition amount in the case of adding a polymerization inhibitor is not particularly limited, but is 0.0001 to 10 wt%, preferably 0.01 to 1 wt% with respect to the total amount (mass) of compound (X2-1). is there. In the present specification, wt% means mass%.
中間体(X2-2)にアルコールを反応させる工程においては、酸性条件下の加水分解を抑制するため塩基を加えてもよい。塩基の例としてはピリジン、ピコリン等のピリジン類や、トリメチルアミン、トリエチルアミン、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン、トリブチルアミン等の第3級アミン等が挙げられる。好ましくはトリエチルアミン、ジイソプロピルエチルアミンであり、より好ましくはトリエチルアミンである。塩基を添加する場合の添加量は、特に限定はされないが、反応時に用いたトリメチルシリルクロリドの添加量に対し、0.01乃至2.0当量倍使用すればよく、より好ましくは0.5乃至1.0当量である。 In the step of reacting alcohol with the intermediate (X2-2), a base may be added to suppress hydrolysis under acidic conditions. Examples of the base include pyridines such as pyridine and picoline, and tertiary amines such as trimethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine and tributylamine. Triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine are preferable, and triethylamine is more preferable. The addition amount in the case of adding a base is not particularly limited, but it may be used 0.01 to 2.0 equivalents, more preferably 0.5 to 1 with respect to the addition amount of trimethylsilyl chloride used in the reaction. 0.0 equivalents.
また、化合物(X2-1)から中間体(X2-2)を得た後、中間体(X2-2)を単離することなく、アルコールを添加して反応させてもよい。 Alternatively, after obtaining intermediate (X2-2) from compound (X2-1), alcohol may be added and reacted without isolating intermediate (X2-2).
化合物(X2-1)の合成法は特に限定されないが、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシアルキルイソシアネートとポリオール化合物とを反応させるか、ヒドロキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレート化合物とポリイソシアネート化合物とを反応させることにより、製造することが出来る。 The synthesis method of compound (X2-1) is not particularly limited, but it can be produced by reacting (meth) acryloyloxyalkyl isocyanate with a polyol compound or reacting a hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate compound with a polyisocyanate compound. I can do it.
(メタ)アクリロイルオキシアルキルイソシアネートの具体例としては、例えば2-メタクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネート(昭和電工(株)製,商品名:カレンズMOI[登録商標])、2-アクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネ-ト(昭和電工(株)製,商品名:カレンズAOI[登録商標])などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of (meth) acryloyloxyalkyl isocyanate include, for example, 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate (manufactured by Showa Denko KK, trade name: Karenz MOI [registered trademark]), 2-acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate (Showa). Denko Co., Ltd., trade name: Karenz AOI [registered trademark]) and the like.
ポリオール化合物の具体例としては、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、1,4-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、ネオペンチルグリコール、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメタノールなどのジオール化合物、グリセリン、トリメチロールプロパンなどのトリオール化合物、ペンタエリスリトール、ジペンタエリスリトール、ジグリセリンなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the polyol compound include ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, neopentyl glycol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, Examples include diol compounds such as 1,6-hexanediol and 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, triol compounds such as glycerin and trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, and diglycerin.
ヒドロキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレート化合物の具体例としては、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピルメタクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチルメタクリレート、ジエチレングリコールモノアクリレート、ジエチレングリコールモノメタクリレート、ポリ(エチレングリコール)エチルエーテルアクリレート、ポリ(エチレングリコール)エチルエーテルメタクリレート等のヒドロキシ基を有するモノマー等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate compounds include 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl methacrylate, and diethylene glycol. Examples thereof include monomers having a hydroxy group such as monoacrylate, diethylene glycol monomethacrylate, poly (ethylene glycol) ethyl ether acrylate, poly (ethylene glycol) ethyl ether methacrylate, and the like.
ポリイソシアネート化合物の具体例としては、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、2,4,4-トリメチルヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、ダイマー酸ジイソシアネート等の脂肪族ジイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネート、4,4′-メチレンビス(シクロヘキシルイソシアネート)、ω,ω′-ジイソシアネートジメチルシクロヘキサン等の脂環族ジイソシアネート、リジンエステルトリイソシアネート、1,6,11-ウンデカントリイソシアネート、1,8-ジイソシアネート-4-イソシアネートメチルオクタン、1,3,6-ヘキサメチレントリイソシアネート、ビシクロヘプタントリイソシアネート等のトリイソシアネート等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the polyisocyanate compound include aliphatic diisocyanates such as hexamethylene diisocyanate, 2,4,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate and dimer diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, 4,4'-methylenebis (cyclohexyl isocyanate), ω, ω Alicyclic diisocyanates such as' -diisocyanate dimethylcyclohexane, lysine ester triisocyanate, 1,6,11-undecane triisocyanate, 1,8-diisocyanate-4-isocyanatomethyloctane, 1,3,6-hexamethylene triisocyanate, And triisocyanates such as bicycloheptane triisocyanate.
これらの(メタ)アクリロイルオキシアルキルイソシアネート化合物、ポリオール化合物、ヒドロキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレート化合物およびポリイソシアネート化合物は一般に市販されており、また、公知の方法によって合成することができる。 These (meth) acryloyloxyalkyl isocyanate compounds, polyol compounds, hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate compounds and polyisocyanate compounds are generally commercially available, and can be synthesized by known methods.
 本発明の実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物における(D)成分の含有量は、(A)成分である低分子化合物並びにポリマーから選ばれる少なくとも一種、(B)成分のポリマー及び(C)成分の架橋剤の合計量の100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.1質量部乃至40質量部であり、更に好ましくは5質量部乃至35質量部である。(D)成分の含有量を0.1質量部以上とすることで、形成される硬化膜に充分な密着性を付与することができる。しかし、40質量部より多い場合、硬化膜形成組成物の保存安定性が低下する場合がある。 The content of the component (D) in the cured film-forming composition of the embodiment of the present invention is at least one selected from the low molecular compound and polymer as the component (A), the polymer as the component (B), and the component (C). Preferably it is 0.1 mass part thru | or 40 mass parts with respect to 100 mass parts of the total amount of a crosslinking agent, More preferably, it is 5 mass parts thru | or 35 mass parts. When the content of the component (D) is 0.1 parts by mass or more, sufficient adhesion can be imparted to the formed cured film. However, when it is more than 40 parts by mass, the storage stability of the cured film forming composition may be lowered.
 また、本実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物において、(D)成分は、(D)成分の化合物の複数種の混合物であってもよい。 Further, in the cured film forming composition of the present embodiment, the component (D) may be a mixture of a plurality of compounds of the component (D).
[(E)成分]
 本実施の形態の硬化膜形成組成物は、上述した(A)成分、(B)成分、(C)成分および(D)成分に加え、さらに、(E)成分として架橋触媒を含有することができる。
[(E) component]
The cured film forming composition of the present embodiment may contain a crosslinking catalyst as the component (E) in addition to the component (A), the component (B), the component (C) and the component (D) described above. it can.
 (E)成分である架橋触媒としては、例えば、酸または熱酸発生剤とすることができる。この(E)成分は、本実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物を用いた硬化膜の形成において、熱硬化反応の促進に有効となる。 (E) As a crosslinking catalyst which is a component, it can be set as an acid or a thermal acid generator, for example. This component (E) is effective in promoting a thermosetting reaction in the formation of a cured film using the cured film forming composition of the present embodiment.
 (E)成分として酸または熱酸発生剤を用いる場合、(E)成分は、スルホン酸基含有化合物、塩酸またはその塩、プリベークまたはポストベーク時に熱分解して酸を発生する化合物、すなわち温度80℃乃至250℃で熱分解して酸を発生する化合物であれば特に限定されるものではない。 When an acid or a thermal acid generator is used as the component (E), the component (E) is a sulfonic acid group-containing compound, hydrochloric acid or a salt thereof, a compound that generates an acid by thermal decomposition during pre-baking or post-baking, that is, a temperature of 80 The compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound capable of generating an acid by thermal decomposition at from 250C to 250C.
 そのような化合物としては、例えば、塩酸、メタンスルホン酸、エタンスルホン酸、プロパンスルホン酸、ブタンスルホン酸、ペンタンスルホン酸、オクタンスルホン酸、ベンゼンスルホン酸、p-トルエンスルホン酸、カンファスルホン酸、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸、p-フェノールスルホン酸、2-ナフタレンスルホン酸、メシチレンスルホン酸、p-キシレン-2-スルホン酸、m-キシレン-2-スルホン酸、4-エチルベンゼンスルホン酸、1H,1H,2H,2H-パーフルオロオクタンスルホン酸、パーフルオロ(2-エトキシエタン)スルホン酸、ペンタフルオロエタンスルホン酸、ノナフルオロブタン-1-スルホン酸、ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸等のスルホン酸またはその水和物や塩等が挙げられる。 Examples of such compounds include hydrochloric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, propanesulfonic acid, butanesulfonic acid, pentanesulfonic acid, octanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, trifluoro. L-methanesulfonic acid, p-phenolsulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, mesitylenesulfonic acid, p-xylene-2-sulfonic acid, m-xylene-2-sulfonic acid, 4-ethylbenzenesulfonic acid, 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-perfluorooctanesulfonic acid, perfluoro (2-ethoxyethane) sulfonic acid, pentafluoroethanesulfonic acid, nonafluorobutane-1-sulfonic acid, sulfonic acid such as dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid, or a hydrate or salt thereof Is mentioned.
 また、熱により酸を発生する化合物としては、例えば、ビス(トシルオキシ)エタン、ビス(トシルオキシ)プロパン、ビス(トシルオキシ)ブタン、p-ニトロベンジルトシレート、o-ニトロベンジルトシレート、1,2,3-フェニレントリス(メチルスルホネート)、p-トルエンスルホン酸ピリジニウム塩、p-トルエンスルホン酸モルフォニウム塩、p-トルエンスルホン酸エチルエステル、p-トルエンスルホン酸プロピルエステル、p-トルエンスルホン酸ブチルエステル、p-トルエンスルホン酸イソブチルエステル、p-トルエンスルホン酸メチルエステル、p-トルエンスルホン酸フェネチルエステル、シアノメチルp-トルエンスルホネート、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチルp-トルエンスルホネート、2-ヒドロキシブチルp-トシレート、N-エチル-4-トルエンスルホンアミド、および下記式[TAG-1]乃至式[TAG-41]で表される化合物等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the compound that generates an acid by heat include bis (tosyloxy) ethane, bis (tosyloxy) propane, bis (tosyloxy) butane, p-nitrobenzyl tosylate, o-nitrobenzyl tosylate, 1,2, 3-phenylene tris (methyl sulfonate), p-toluenesulfonic acid pyridinium salt, p-toluenesulfonic acid morphonium salt, p-toluenesulfonic acid ethyl ester, p-toluenesulfonic acid propyl ester, p-toluenesulfonic acid butyl ester, p-toluenesulfonic acid isobutyl ester, p-toluenesulfonic acid methyl ester, p-toluenesulfonic acid phenethyl ester, cyanomethyl p-toluenesulfonate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl p-toluenesulfonate, 2-H Rokishibuchiru p- tosylate, N- ethyl-4-toluenesulfonamide, and the following formula [TAG-1] to may be mentioned a compound represented by such formula [TAG-41].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 本発明の実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物における(E)成分の含有量は、(A)成分である低分子化合物並びにポリマーから選ばれる少なくとも一種、(B)成分のポリマー、(C)成分の架橋剤及び(D)成分の低分子化合物の合計量の100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.01質量部乃至10質量部、より好ましくは0.05質量部乃至8質量部、さらに好ましくは0.1質量部乃至6質量部である。(E)成分の含有量を0.01質量部以上とすることで、充分な熱硬化性と溶剤耐性を付与することができ、露光に対する高い感度をも付与することができる。また、10質量部以下とすることで、硬化膜形成組成物の保存安定性を良好にすることができる。 The content of the component (E) in the cured film forming composition according to the embodiment of the present invention is at least one selected from the low molecular compound and polymer as the component (A), the polymer as the component (B), and the component (C). Preferably it is 0.01 mass part thru | or 10 mass parts with respect to 100 mass parts of the total amount of a crosslinking agent and the low molecular compound of (D) component, More preferably, 0.05 mass part thru | or 8 mass parts, More preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 6 parts by mass. By setting the content of the component (E) to 0.01 parts by mass or more, sufficient thermosetting and solvent resistance can be imparted, and high sensitivity to exposure can also be imparted. Moreover, the storage stability of a cured film forming composition can be made favorable by setting it as 10 mass parts or less.
[その他の添加剤]
 本発明の実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物は、本発明の効果を損なわない限りにおいて、その他の添加剤を含有することができる。
 その他の添加剤としては、例えば、増感剤を含有することができる。増感剤は、本実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物から本発明の実施形態の硬化膜を形成するに際し、その光反応を促進することにおいて有効となる。
[Other additives]
The cured film forming composition of the embodiment of the present invention can contain other additives as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
As other additives, for example, a sensitizer can be contained. The sensitizer is effective in promoting the photoreaction when the cured film of the embodiment of the present invention is formed from the cured film forming composition of the present embodiment.
 増感剤としては、ベンゾフェノン、アントラセン、アントラキノンおよびチオキサントン等の誘導体並びにニトロフェニル化合物等が挙げられる。これらのうちベンゾフェノンの誘導体であるN,N-ジエチルアミノベンゾフェノンおよびニトロフェニル化合物である2-ニトロフルオレン、2-ニトロフルオレノン、5-ニトロアセナフテン、4-ニトロビフェニル、4-ニトロけい皮酸、4-ニトロスチルベン、4-ニトロベンゾフェノン、5-ニトロインドールが特に好ましい。
 これらの増感剤は特に上述のものに限定されるものではない。これらは、単独または2種以上の化合物を併用することが可能である。
Examples of the sensitizer include benzophenone, anthracene, anthraquinone and thioxanthone derivatives and nitrophenyl compounds. Of these, N, N-diethylaminobenzophenone which is a derivative of benzophenone and 2-nitrofluorene, 2-nitrofluorenone, 5-nitroacenaphthene, 4-nitrobiphenyl, 4-nitrocinnamic acid, which are nitrophenyl compounds, 4- Nitrostilbene, 4-nitrobenzophenone and 5-nitroindole are particularly preferred.
These sensitizers are not particularly limited to those described above. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more compounds.
 本発明の実施形態において、増感剤の使用割合は、(A)成分、(B)成分、(C)成分および(D)成分の合計量の100質量部に対して0.1質量部乃至20質量部であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.2質量部乃至10質量部である。この割合が過小である場合には、増感剤としての効果を充分に得られない場合があり、過大である場合には、形成される硬化膜の透過率が低下したり塗膜が荒れたりすることがある。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the use ratio of the sensitizer is 0.1 parts by mass to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the component (A), the component (B), the component (C), and the component (D). It is preferably 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.2 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass. If this ratio is too small, the effect as a sensitizer may not be sufficiently obtained. If it is too large, the transmittance of the formed cured film may be reduced or the coating film may be roughened. There are things to do.
 また、本発明の実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物は、本発明の効果を損なわない限りにおいて、その他の添加剤として、シランカップリング剤、界面活性剤、レオロジー調整剤、顔料、染料、保存安定剤、消泡剤、酸化防止剤等を含有することができる。 In addition, the cured film forming composition according to the embodiment of the present invention includes, as other additives, silane coupling agents, surfactants, rheology modifiers, pigments, dyes, storage stability, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Agents, antifoaming agents, antioxidants, and the like.
[溶剤]
 本発明の実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物は、溶剤に溶解した溶液状態で用いられることが多い。その際に用いられる溶剤は、(A)成分、(B)成分、(C)成分および(D)成分、必要に応じて(E)成分、および/または、その他の添加剤を溶解するものであり、そのような溶解能を有する溶剤であれば、その種類および構造などは特に限定されるものでない。
[solvent]
The cured film forming composition of the embodiment of the present invention is often used in a solution state dissolved in a solvent. The solvent used in that case is one that dissolves the component (A), the component (B), the component (C) and the component (D), and if necessary, the component (E) and / or other additives. There are no particular limitations on the type and structure of the solvent as long as it has such solubility.
 溶剤の具体例を挙げると、例えば、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールプロピルエーテルアセテート、シクロペンチルメチルエーテル、イソプロピルアルコール、トルエン、キシレン、メチルエチルケトン、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノン、2-ブタノン、3-メチル-2-ペンタノン、2-ペンタノン、2-ヘプタノン、γ―ブチロラクトン、2-ヒドロキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル、ヒドロキシ酢酸エチル、2-ヒドロキシ-3-メチルブタン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、およびN-メチルピロリドン等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the solvent include, for example, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether Acetate, propylene glycol propyl ether acetate, cyclopentyl methyl ether, isopropyl alcohol, toluene, xylene, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 2-butanone, 3-methyl-2-pentanone, 2-pentanone, 2-heptanone, γ-butyrolactone , Ethyl 2-hydroxypropionate, 2- Ethyl droxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl hydroxyacetate, methyl 2-hydroxy-3-methylbutanoate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3- Examples thereof include methyl ethoxypropionate, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, and N-methylpyrrolidone.
 これらの溶剤は、一種単独で、または二種以上の組合せで使用することができる。これら溶剤のうち、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、シクロヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノン、プロピレングリコールプロピルエーテル、プロピレングリコールプロピルエーテルアセテート、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチルおよび3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチルは成膜性が良好で安全性が高いためより好ましい。 These solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these solvents, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, propylene glycol propyl ether, propylene glycol propyl ether acetate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-methoxypropion Ethyl acid, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate and methyl 3-ethoxypropionate are more preferred because of their good film formability and high safety.
<硬化膜形成組成物の調製>
 本発明の実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物は、光配向性を有する熱硬化性の硬化膜形成組成物である。本実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物は、上述したように、(A)成分である低分子化合物並びにポリマーから選ばれる少なくとも一種、(B)成分であるヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミド基、アミノ基、アルコキシシリル基および上記式(2)で表される基から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有するポリマー、(C)成分として架橋剤、並びに、(D)成分である、1分子中にC=C二重結合を含む重合性基を少なくとも1つを有し且つN-アルコキシメチル基を少なくとも1つ有する低分子化合物を含有する。また、(E)成分として架橋触媒を含有することができる。そして、本発明の効果を損なわない限りにおいて、その他の添加剤を含有することができ、さらに、溶剤を含有することができる。
<Preparation of cured film forming composition>
The cured film forming composition of the embodiment of the present invention is a thermosetting cured film forming composition having photo-alignment properties. As described above, the cured film forming composition of the present embodiment is at least one selected from the low molecular compound and polymer as the component (A), and the hydroxy group, carboxyl group, amide group, amino group as the component (B). , A polymer having at least one substituent selected from an alkoxysilyl group and a group represented by the above formula (2), (C) a crosslinking agent as component, and (D) component, It contains a low molecular compound having at least one polymerizable group containing a C double bond and having at least one N-alkoxymethyl group. Moreover, a crosslinking catalyst can be contained as (E) component. And as long as the effect of this invention is not impaired, another additive can be contained and a solvent can be contained further.
 (A)成分と(B)成分の配合比は、質量比で5:95乃至80:20が好ましい。(B)成分の含有量が過大の場合は液晶配向性が低下し易く、過小の場合は溶剤耐性が低下することにより配向性が低下し易い。 The mixing ratio of the component (A) and the component (B) is preferably 5:95 to 80:20 by mass ratio. When the content of the component (B) is excessive, the liquid crystal orientation is liable to be lowered, and when it is too small, the solvent resistance is lowered and the orientation is liable to be lowered.
 本実施の形態の硬化膜形成組成物の好ましい例は、以下のとおりである。 Preferred examples of the cured film forming composition of the present embodiment are as follows.
 [1]:(A)成分である光配向性基と、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミド基、アミノ基、アルコキシシリル基および上記式(2)で表される基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基とを有する低分子化合物(低分子光配向成分)と(B)成分であるヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミド基、アミノ基、アルコキシシリル基および上記式(2)で表される基から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有するポリマーとの配合比が質量比で5:95乃至80:20であり、(A)成分である低分子化合物並びにポリマーから選ばれる少なくとも一種と(B)成分のポリマーとの合計量の100質量部に基づいて10質量部乃至100質量部の(C)成分の架橋剤、ならびに、(A)成分である低分子化合物並びにポリマーから選ばれる少なくとも一種、(B)成分のポリマー及び(C)成分の架橋剤の合計量の100質量部に対して、0.1質量部乃至40質量部の(D)成分である1分子中にC=C二重結合を含む重合性基を少なくとも1つを有し且つN-アルコキシメチル基を少なくとも1つ有する低分子化合物を含有する硬化膜形成組成物。 [1]: At least one selected from the group consisting of a photoalignable group as component (A), a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group, and a group represented by the above formula (2) A low molecular compound having two substituents (low molecular photoalignment component) and (B) component hydroxy group, carboxyl group, amide group, amino group, alkoxysilyl group and the group represented by the above formula (2) The blending ratio with the polymer having at least one substituent selected is 5:95 to 80:20 by mass ratio, and the low molecular weight compound as the component (A) and at least one selected from the polymer and the component (B) Based on 100 parts by mass of the total amount with the polymer, 10 to 100 parts by mass of the (C) component crosslinking agent, and the (A) component low molecular compound and polymer In 100 molecules of the total amount of at least one kind selected from the polymer of the component (B) and the crosslinking agent of the component (C), 0.1 part by weight to 40 parts by weight of the component (D) in one molecule A cured film forming composition comprising a low molecular compound having at least one polymerizable group containing a C = C double bond and having at least one N-alkoxymethyl group.
 [2]:(A)成分と(B)成分の配合比が質量比で5:95乃至80:20であり、(A)成分である低分子化合物並びにポリマーから選ばれる少なくとも一種と(B)成分のポリマーとの合計量の100質量部に基づいて10質量部乃至100質量部の(C)成分、ならびに、(A)成分である低分子化合物並びにポリマーから選ばれる少なくとも一種、(B)成分のポリマー及び(C)成分の架橋剤の合計量の100質量部に対して、0.1質量部乃至40質量部の(D)成分、溶剤を含有する硬化膜形成組成物。 [2]: The blending ratio of the component (A) and the component (B) is 5:95 to 80:20 by mass ratio, and the component (A) is at least one selected from low molecular compounds and polymers, and (B) 10 parts by mass to 100 parts by mass of component (C) based on 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the components with the polymer, and at least one selected from low molecular compounds and polymers as component (A), component (B) The cured film forming composition containing 0.1 mass part thru | or 40 mass parts (D) component and a solvent with respect to 100 mass parts of the total amount of the polymer of (C), and the crosslinking agent of (C) component.
 [3]:(A)成分と(B)成分の配合比が質量比で5:95乃至80:20であり、(A)成分である低分子化合物並びにポリマーから選ばれる少なくとも一種と(B)成分のポリマーとの合計量の100質量部に基づいて10質量部乃至100質量部の(C)成分、(A)成分である低分子化合物並びにポリマーから選ばれる少なくとも一種、(B)成分のポリマー及び(C)成分の架橋剤の合計量の100質量部に対して、0.1質量部乃至40質量部の(D)成分、ならびに、(A)成分である低分子化合物並びにポリマーから選ばれる少なくとも一種、(B)成分のポリマー、(C)成分の架橋剤及び(D)成分の化合物の合計量の100質量部に対して、0.01質量部乃至10質量部の(E)成分、溶剤を含有する硬化膜形成組成物。 [3] The blending ratio of the component (A) and the component (B) is 5:95 to 80:20 by mass ratio, and the component (A) is at least one selected from low molecular compounds and polymers, and (B) 10 parts by weight to 100 parts by weight of component (C) based on 100 parts by weight of the total amount of the component polymer, component (A), low molecular weight compound, and polymer selected from polymer (B) And 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the crosslinking agent of component (C), selected from 0.1 part by mass to 40 parts by mass of component (D), and (A) component low molecular weight compound and polymer. 0.01 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass of the component (E) with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of at least one kind of the polymer of the component (B), the crosslinking agent of the component (C) and the compound of the component (D), Cured film forming set containing solvent Thing.
 本実施の形態の硬化膜形成組成物を溶液として用いる場合の配合割合、調製方法等を以下に詳述する。
 本実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物における固形分の割合は、各成分が均一に溶剤に溶解している限り、特に限定されるものではないが、1質量%乃至80質量%であり、好ましくは3質量%乃至60質量%であり、より好ましくは5質量%乃至40質量%である。ここで、固形分とは、硬化膜形成組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いたものをいう。
The blending ratio, preparation method, and the like when the cured film forming composition of the present embodiment is used as a solution will be described in detail below.
The ratio of the solid content in the cured film forming composition of the present embodiment is not particularly limited as long as each component is uniformly dissolved in the solvent, but is 1% by mass to 80% by mass, preferably It is 3% by mass to 60% by mass, and more preferably 5% by mass to 40% by mass. Here, solid content means what remove | excluded the solvent from all the components of the cured film formation composition.
 本実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物の調製方法は、特に限定されない。調製法としては、例えば、溶剤に溶解した(B)成分の溶液に(A)成分および(C)成分、(D)成分、さらには(E)成分を所定の割合で混合し、均一な溶液とする方法、または、この調製法の適当な段階において、必要に応じてその他添加剤をさらに添加して混合する方法が挙げられる。 The method for preparing the cured film forming composition of the present embodiment is not particularly limited. As a preparation method, for example, the (A) component, the (C) component, the (D) component, and the (E) component are mixed in a predetermined ratio to the solution of the (B) component dissolved in the solvent to obtain a uniform solution. Or a method in which other additives are further added and mixed as necessary at an appropriate stage of the preparation method.
 本実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物の調製においては、溶剤中の重合反応によって得られる特定共重合体の溶液をそのまま使用することができる。この場合、例えば、(B)成分アクリル重合体を調製した溶液に、(A)成分、(C)成分、(D)成分、さらには(E)成分等を加えて均一な溶液とする。この際に、濃度調整を目的としてさらに溶剤を追加投入してもよい。このとき、(B)成分の調製過程で用いられる溶剤と、硬化膜形成組成物の濃度調整に用いられる溶剤とは同一であってもよく、また異なってもよい。 In the preparation of the cured film forming composition of this embodiment, a solution of a specific copolymer obtained by a polymerization reaction in a solvent can be used as it is. In this case, for example, the (A) component, the (C) component, the (D) component, and the (E) component are added to the solution prepared from the (B) component acrylic polymer to obtain a uniform solution. At this time, a solvent may be further added for the purpose of adjusting the concentration. At this time, the solvent used in the preparation process of the component (B) and the solvent used for adjusting the concentration of the cured film forming composition may be the same or different.
 また、調製された硬化膜形成組成物の溶液は、孔径が0.2μm程度のフィルタなどを用いて濾過した後、使用することが好ましい。 The prepared cured film-forming composition solution is preferably used after being filtered using a filter having a pore size of about 0.2 μm.
 以上のように、本発明の本実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物は、(A)光配向性基およびヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミド基、アミノ基、アルコキシシリル基および上記式(2)で表される基から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有する低分子化合物並びにポリマーから選ばれる少なくとも一種、(B)ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミド基、アミノ基、アルコキシシリル基および上記式(2)で表される基から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有するポリマーを含有して構成される。(A)成分である低分子化合物並びにポリマーから選ばれる少なくとも一種において、光配向性基は疎水性の光反応部を構成し、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミド基、アミノ基、アルコキシシリル基および上記式(2)で表される基から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基は親水性の熱反応部を構成する。(B)成分のポリマーのヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミド基、アミノ基、アルコキシシリル基および上記式(2)で表される基から選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基も親水性である。 As described above, the cured film forming composition of this embodiment of the present invention is represented by (A) a photo-alignment group and a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group, and the above formula (2). A low molecular compound having at least one substituent selected from the group to be selected and at least one selected from polymers, (B) a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group, and the above formula (2) And a polymer having at least one substituent selected from the above groups. In at least one selected from the low molecular weight compound and polymer as the component (A), the photoalignment group constitutes a hydrophobic photoreactive portion, and includes a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group, and the above At least one substituent selected from the group represented by the formula (2) constitutes a hydrophilic thermal reaction part. The hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, amide group, amino group, alkoxysilyl group and at least one substituent selected from the group represented by the above formula (2) are also hydrophilic.
 したがって、本実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物から形成される硬化膜は、膜構造が安定化するように、(B)成分の性質に起因して、その内部が親水性となって形成される。そして、硬化膜中の(A)成分の低分子化合物並びにポリマーから選ばれる少なくとも一種は、硬化膜の表面近傍に偏在するようになる。より具体的には、(A)成分の低分子化合物並びにポリマーから選ばれる少なくとも一種は、親水性の熱反応部が硬化膜の内部側を向き、疎水性の光反応部が表面側を向く構造をとりながら、硬化膜の表面近傍に偏在する。その結果、本実施形態の硬化膜は、表面近傍に存在する(A)成分の光反応性基の割合を増加させた構造を実現することになる。そして、本実施形態の硬化膜は、配向材として用いられた場合、光配向のための光反応の効率を向上させることができ、優れた配向感度を有することができる。さらに、パターン化位相差材の形成に好適な配向材となり、これを用いて製造されるパターン化位相差材は、優れたパターン形成性を有することができる。 Therefore, the cured film formed from the cured film forming composition of the present embodiment is formed with hydrophilic inside due to the nature of the component (B) so that the film structure is stabilized. . And at least 1 type chosen from the low molecular compound and polymer of (A) component in a cured film comes to be unevenly distributed in the surface vicinity of a cured film. More specifically, at least one selected from the low molecular compound and polymer of the component (A) has a structure in which the hydrophilic thermal reaction part faces the inner side of the cured film and the hydrophobic photoreaction part faces the surface side. While being removed, it is unevenly distributed near the surface of the cured film. As a result, the cured film of the present embodiment realizes a structure in which the ratio of the photoreactive group of the component (A) existing near the surface is increased. And when the cured film of this embodiment is used as an alignment material, the efficiency of the photoreaction for photo-alignment can be improved and it can have the outstanding orientation sensitivity. Furthermore, it becomes an orientation material suitable for formation of a patterned phase difference material, and the patterned phase difference material manufactured using this can have the outstanding pattern formation property.
 また、本実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物は、上述したように、(C)成分として、架橋剤を含有する。そのため、本実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物から得られた硬化膜の内部では、(A)成分の低分子化合物並びにポリマーから選ばれる少なくとも一種の光配向性基による光反応の前に、(C)架橋剤との熱反応による架橋反応を行うことができる。その結果、配向材として用いられた場合に、その上に塗布される重合性液晶やその溶剤に対する耐性を向上させることができる。 Moreover, the cured film forming composition of this embodiment contains a crosslinking agent as (C) component as mentioned above. Therefore, in the cured film obtained from the cured film-forming composition of the present embodiment, before the photoreaction with at least one photoalignable group selected from the low molecular compound and polymer of the component (A) (C ) A crosslinking reaction by a thermal reaction with a crosslinking agent can be performed. As a result, when used as an alignment material, it is possible to improve the resistance to the polymerizable liquid crystal applied thereon and its solvent.
 そして、本発明の本実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物は、(A)成分および(B)成分、(C)成分とともに、(D)成分として、1分子中にC=C二重結合を含む重合性基を少なくとも1つを有し且つN-アルコキシメチル基を少なくとも1つ有する低分子化合物を含有する。(D)成分である化合物は、本実施形態の硬化膜形成組成物から得られた硬化膜を配向材として用いた場合に、その上に形成される硬化された重合性液晶の層との間の密着性を強化するように機能する。 And the cured film formation composition of this embodiment of this invention contains a C = C double bond in 1 molecule as (D) component with (A) component, (B) component, and (C) component. It contains a low molecular compound having at least one polymerizable group and at least one N-alkoxymethyl group. When the cured film obtained from the cured film-forming composition of the present embodiment is used as an alignment material, the compound as component (D) is between the cured polymerizable liquid crystal layer formed thereon. It functions to reinforce the adhesion.
<硬化膜、配向材および位相差材>
 本実施の形態の硬化膜形成組成物の溶液を基板(例えば、シリコン/二酸化シリコン被覆基板、シリコンナイトライド基板、金属、例えば、アルミニウム、モリブデン、クロム等が被覆された基板、ガラス基板、石英基板、ITO基板等)やフィルム(例えば、トリアセチルセルロース(TAC)フィルム、シクロオレフィンポリマーフィルム、ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム、アクリルフィルム等の樹脂フィルム)等の上に、バーコート、回転塗布、流し塗布、ロール塗布、スリット塗布、スリットに続いた回転塗布、インクジェット塗布、印刷などによって塗布して塗膜を形成し、その後、ホットプレートまたはオーブン等で加熱乾燥することにより、硬化膜を形成することができる。
<Hardened film, alignment material and retardation material>
A solution of the cured film forming composition according to the present embodiment is applied to a substrate (for example, a silicon / silicon dioxide-coated substrate, a silicon nitride substrate, a substrate coated with a metal such as aluminum, molybdenum, or chromium, a glass substrate, or a quartz substrate. , ITO substrate, etc.) and films (for example, triacetyl cellulose (TAC) film, cycloolefin polymer film, polyethylene terephthalate film, resin film such as acrylic film), etc., bar coating, spin coating, flow coating, roll coating A cured film can be formed by coating by slit coating, spin coating following the slit, inkjet coating, printing, or the like to form a coating film, followed by heat drying with a hot plate or oven.
 加熱乾燥の条件としては、硬化膜から形成される配向材の成分が、その上に塗布される重合性液晶溶液に溶出しない程度に硬化反応が進行すればよく、例えば、温度60℃乃至200℃、時間0.4分間乃至60分間の範囲の中から適宜選択された加熱温度および加熱時間が採用される。加熱温度および加熱時間は、好ましくは70℃乃至160℃、0.5分間乃至10分間である。 The heating and drying conditions may be such that the curing reaction proceeds to such an extent that the alignment material component formed from the cured film does not elute into the polymerizable liquid crystal solution applied thereon, for example, a temperature of 60 ° C. to 200 ° C. The heating temperature and the heating time appropriately selected from the range of time 0.4 minutes to 60 minutes are employed. The heating temperature and heating time are preferably 70 ° C. to 160 ° C., 0.5 minutes to 10 minutes.
 本実施の形態の硬化性組成物を用いて形成される硬化膜の膜厚は、例えば、0.05μm乃至5μmであり、使用する基板の段差や光学的、電気的性質を考慮し適宜選択することができる。 The film thickness of the cured film formed using the curable composition of the present embodiment is, for example, 0.05 μm to 5 μm, and is appropriately selected in consideration of the level difference of the substrate to be used and the optical and electrical properties. be able to.
 このようにして形成された硬化膜は、偏光UV照射を行うことで配向材、すなわち、重合性液晶等を含む液晶性を有する化合物を配向させる部材として機能させることができる。 The cured film thus formed can function as an alignment material, that is, a member for aligning a liquid crystalline compound including a polymerizable liquid crystal by performing polarized UV irradiation.
 偏光UVの照射方法としては、通常150nm乃至450nmの波長の紫外光乃至可視光が用いられ、室温または加熱した状態で、垂直または斜め方向から直線偏光を照射することによって行われる。 As an irradiation method of polarized UV, ultraviolet light or visible light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 450 nm is usually used, and irradiation is performed by irradiating linearly polarized light from a vertical or oblique direction at room temperature or in a heated state.
 本実施形態の硬化膜組成物から形成された配向材は耐溶剤性および耐熱性を有しているため、この配向材上に、重合性液晶溶液からなる位相差材料を塗布した後、その液晶の相転移温度まで加熱することで位相差材料を液晶状態とし、配向材上で配向させる。そして、所望とする配向状態となった位相差材料をそのまま硬化させ、光学異方性を有する層を持つ位相差材を形成することができる。 Since the alignment material formed from the cured film composition of the present embodiment has solvent resistance and heat resistance, after applying a retardation material comprising a polymerizable liquid crystal solution on the alignment material, the liquid crystal The phase difference material is brought into a liquid crystal state by heating up to the phase transition temperature, and aligned on the alignment material. Then, the retardation material in a desired orientation state is cured as it is, and a retardation material having a layer having optical anisotropy can be formed.
 位相差材料としては、例えば、重合性基を有する液晶モノマーおよびそれを含有する組成物等が用いられる。そして、配向材が形成される基板がフィルムである場合には、本実施の形態の位相差材を有するフィルムは、位相差フィルムとして有用となる。このような位相差材を形成する位相差材料は、液晶状態となって、配向材上で、水平配向、コレステリック配向、垂直配向、ハイブリッド配向等の配向状態をとるものがあり、それぞれ必要とされる位相差特性に応じて使い分けることができる。 As the retardation material, for example, a liquid crystal monomer having a polymerizable group and a composition containing the same are used. And when the board | substrate with which an orientation material is formed is a film, the film which has the phase difference material of this Embodiment becomes useful as a phase difference film. The phase difference material that forms such a phase difference material is in a liquid crystal state and has an alignment state such as horizontal alignment, cholesteric alignment, vertical alignment, hybrid alignment, etc. on the alignment material. It can be used properly according to the phase difference characteristic.
 また、3Dディスプレイに用いられるパターン化位相差材を製造する場合には、本実施形態の硬化膜組成物から上記した方法で形成された硬化膜に、ラインアンドスペースパターンのマスクを介して所定の基準から、例えば、+45度の向きで偏光UV露光し、次いで、マスクを外してから-45度の向きで偏光UVを露光し、液晶の配向制御方向の異なる2種類の液晶配向領域が形成された配向材を形成する。その後、重合性液晶溶液からなる位相差材料を塗布した後、液晶の相転移温度まで加熱することで位相差材料を液晶状態とする。液晶状態となった重合性液晶は、2種類の液晶配向領域が形成された配向材上で配向し、各液晶配向領域にそれぞれ対応する配向状態を形成する。そして、そのような配向状態が実現された位相差材料をそのまま硬化させ、上述の配向状態を固定化し、位相差特性の異なる2種類の位相差領域がそれぞれ複数、規則的に配置された、パターン化位相差材を得ることができる。 Moreover, when manufacturing the patterned phase difference material used for 3D display, it is predetermined | prescribed via the mask of a line and space pattern to the cured film formed by the above-mentioned method from the cured film composition of this embodiment. For example, polarized UV exposure is performed in the +45 degree direction from the reference, and then the polarized UV light is exposed in the -45 degree direction after removing the mask, and two types of liquid crystal alignment regions having different liquid crystal alignment control directions are formed. Forming an alignment material. Thereafter, after applying a retardation material composed of a polymerizable liquid crystal solution, the retardation material is brought into a liquid crystal state by heating to a phase transition temperature of the liquid crystal. The polymerizable liquid crystal in a liquid crystal state is aligned on an alignment material on which two types of liquid crystal alignment regions are formed, and forms an alignment state corresponding to each liquid crystal alignment region. Then, the retardation material in which such an orientation state is realized is cured as it is, the above-described orientation state is fixed, and a plurality of two kinds of retardation regions having different retardation characteristics are regularly arranged. A phase difference material can be obtained.
 また、本実施形態の硬化膜組成物から形成された配向材は、液晶表示素子の液晶配向膜としての利用も可能である。例えば、上記のようにして形成された、本実施形態の配向材を有する2枚の基板を用い、スペーサを介して両基板上の配向材が互いに向かい合うように張り合わせた後、それらの基板の間に液晶を注入して、液晶が配向した液晶表示素子を製造することができる。
 そのため、本実施の形態の硬化膜形成組成物は、各種位相差材(位相差フィルム)や液晶表示素子等の製造に好適に用いることができる。
Moreover, the alignment material formed from the cured film composition of this embodiment can also be used as a liquid crystal alignment film of a liquid crystal display element. For example, after using the two substrates having the alignment material of the present embodiment formed as described above, the alignment materials on both the substrates are bonded to each other via a spacer, and then between the substrates. A liquid crystal display element in which liquid crystal is aligned can be manufactured by injecting liquid crystal into the liquid crystal.
Therefore, the cured film forming composition of this Embodiment can be used suitably for manufacture of various retardation materials (retardation film), a liquid crystal display element, etc.
 以下、実施例を挙げて、本実施の形態をさらに詳しく説明する。しかし、本発明は、これら実施例に限定されるものでない。 Hereinafter, the present embodiment will be described in more detail with reference to examples. However, the present invention is not limited to these examples.
[実施例等で用いる組成成分とその略称]
 以下の実施例および比較例で用いられる各組成成分は、次のとおりである。下記式中、Meはメチル基を表し、t-Buはtert-ブチル基を表す。
[Compositional components used in Examples and their abbreviations]
Each composition component used in the following examples and comparative examples is as follows. In the following formulae, Me represents a methyl group, and t-Bu represents a tert-butyl group.
<成分(A):低分子光配向成分>
 CIN1:4-(6-ヒドロキシヘキシルオキシ)けい皮酸メチルエステル
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 CIN2:3-メトキシ-4-(6-ヒドロキシヘキシルオキシ)けい皮酸メチルエステル
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 CIN3:4-[4-(6-ヒドロキシヘキシルオキシ)ベンゾイル]けい皮酸ターシャリーブチルエステル
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
CIN4:4-(6-メタクリルオキシヘキシル-1-オキシ)けい皮酸
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
CIN5:4-プロピルオキシけい皮酸
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
<Component (A): Low molecular photo-alignment component>
CIN1: 4- (6-hydroxyhexyloxy) cinnamic acid methyl ester
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
CIN2: 3-methoxy-4- (6-hydroxyhexyloxy) cinnamic acid methyl ester
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
CIN3: 4- [4- (6-hydroxyhexyloxy) benzoyl] cinnamic acid tertiary butyl ester
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
CIN 4: 4- (6-Methacryloxyhexyl-1-oxy) cinnamic acid
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
CIN5: 4-propyloxycinnamic acid
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
<特定重合体原料>
MAA:メタクリル酸
MMA:メタクリル酸メチル
HEMA:2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート
CIN4:4-(6-メタクリルオキシヘキシル-1-オキシ)けい皮酸
AIBN:α、α’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル
<Specific polymer raw material>
MAA: methacrylic acid MMA: methyl methacrylate HEMA: 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate CIN 4: 4- (6-methacryloxyhexyl-1-oxy) cinnamic acid AIBN: α, α′-azobisisobutyronitrile
<成分(B)>
PEPO:ポリエステルポリオール重合体(下記構造単位を有するアジピン酸/ジエチレングリコール共重合体。分子量4,800。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
(上記式中、Rは、アルキレンを表す。)
<Component (B)>
PEPO: Polyester polyol polymer (Adipic acid / diethylene glycol copolymer having the following structural units. Molecular weight 4,800)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
(In the above formula, R represents alkylene.)
<成分(C):架橋剤>
HMM:ヘキサメトキシメチルメラミン
<Component (C): Crosslinking agent>
HMM: Hexamethoxymethylmelamine
<成分(E):架橋触媒>
PTSA:パラトルエンスルホン酸
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
<Component (E): Crosslinking catalyst>
PTSA: p-toluenesulfonic acid
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
<成分(D):N-アルコキシメチル基および重合性基を有する低分子化合物>
D-1:N-メトキシメチルメタクリルアミド
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031

D-2:N-メトキシメチルアクリルアミド
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032

D-3:N-n-ブトキシメチルアクリルアミド(BMAA)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033

D-4:N-イソブトキシメチルアクリルアミド
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034

D-5:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035

D-6:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
<Component (D): Low molecular weight compound having an N-alkoxymethyl group and a polymerizable group>
D-1: N-methoxymethyl methacrylamide
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031

D-2: N-methoxymethylacrylamide
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032

D-3: Nn-butoxymethylacrylamide (BMAA)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033

D-4: N-isobutoxymethylacrylamide
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034

D-5:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035

D-6:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
<その他の試薬>
BHT:2,6-ジ-ターシャリーブチル-パラ-クレゾール
DBU:1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン
<Other reagents>
BHT: 2,6-di-tert-butyl-para-cresol DBU: 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] -7-undecene
<溶剤>
 実施例および比較例の各硬化膜形成組成物は溶剤を含有し、その溶剤として、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PM)、酢酸ブチル(BA)、メチルエチルケトン(MEK)を用いた。
<Solvent>
Each of the cured film forming compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples contained a solvent, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PM), butyl acetate (BA), and methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) were used as the solvent.
 <重合体の分子量の測定>
 合成例におけるポリイミド、ポリアミック酸又はアクリルポリマーの分子量は、(株)Shodex社製常温ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(GPC)装置(GPC-101)、Shodex社製カラム(KD―803、KD-805)を用い以下のようにして測定した。
 カラム温度:50℃
 溶離液:N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド(添加剤として、臭化リチウム-水和物(LiBr・HO)が30mmol/L、リン酸・無水結晶(o―リン酸)が30mmol/L、テトラヒドロフラン(THF)が10mL/L)
 流速:1.0mL/分
 検量線作成用標準サンプル:東ソー社製 TSK 標準ポリエチレンオキサイド(分子量 約900,000、150,000、100,000、30,000)、及び、ポリマーラボラトリー社製 ポリエチレングリコール(分子量 約12,000、4,000、1,000)。
<Measurement of molecular weight of polymer>
The molecular weight of the polyimide, polyamic acid, or acrylic polymer in the synthesis example was measured using a room temperature gel permeation chromatography (GPC) apparatus (GPC-101) manufactured by Shodex Co., Ltd., and columns (KD-803, KD-805) manufactured by Shodex. Measurement was performed as follows.
Column temperature: 50 ° C
Eluent: N, N-dimethylformamide (as additives, lithium bromide-hydrate (LiBr · H 2 O) 30 mmol / L, phosphoric acid / anhydrous crystal (o-phosphoric acid) 30 mmol / L, tetrahydrofuran (THF) is 10 mL / L)
Flow rate: 1.0 mL / min Standard sample for preparing a calibration curve: TSK standard polyethylene oxide (molecular weight: about 900,000, 150,000, 100,000, 30,000) manufactured by Tosoh Corporation and polyethylene glycol (manufactured by Polymer Laboratories) Molecular weight about 12,000, 4,000, 1,000).
<実施例および比較例>
<重合例1>
 MAA 3.5g、MMA 7.0g、HEMA 7.0g、重合触媒としてAIBN 0.5gをPM 53.9gに溶解し、70℃にて20時間反応させることによりアクリル共重合体溶液(固形分濃度25質量%)(P1)を得た。得られたアクリル共重合体のMnは10,300、Mwは24,600であった。
<Examples and Comparative Examples>
<Polymerization Example 1>
3.5 g of MAA, 7.0 g of MMA, 7.0 g of HEMA, and 0.5 g of AIBN as a polymerization catalyst were dissolved in 53.9 g of PM and reacted at 70 ° C. for 20 hours to obtain an acrylic copolymer solution (solid content concentration). 25% by mass) (P1) was obtained. Mn of the obtained acrylic copolymer was 10,300 and Mw was 24,600.
<重合例2>
 MMA100.0g、HEMA11.1g、重合触媒としてAIBN 5.6gをPM 450.0gに溶解し、80℃にて20時間反応させることによりアクリル共重合体溶液(固形分濃度20質量%)(P2)を得た。得られたアクリル共重合体のMnは4,200、Mwは7,600であった。
<Polymerization example 2>
MMA 100.0 g, HEMA 11.1 g, and AIBN 5.6 g as a polymerization catalyst are dissolved in 450.0 g of PM and reacted at 80 ° C. for 20 hours to obtain an acrylic copolymer solution (solid content concentration 20 mass%) (P2) Got. Mn of the obtained acrylic copolymer was 4,200 and Mw was 7,600.
<重合例3>
 N-n-ブトキシメチルアクリルアミド(BMAA)100.0g、重合触媒としてAIBN 4.2gをPM 193.5gに溶解し、90℃にて20時間反応させることによりアクリル重合体溶液(固形分濃度35質量%)(P3)を得た。得られたアクリル共重合体のMnは2,700、Mwは3,900であった。
<Polymerization Example 3>
100.0 g of Nn-butoxymethylacrylamide (BMAA) and 4.2 g of AIBN as a polymerization catalyst were dissolved in 193.5 g of PM and reacted at 90 ° C. for 20 hours to react an acrylic polymer solution (solid content concentration: 35 mass). %) (P3). Mn of the obtained acrylic copolymer was 2,700 and Mw was 3,900.
<重合例4>
 CIN4 4.0g、スチレン4.0g、HEMA2.0g、重合触媒としてAIBN 0.1gをPM 90.9gに溶解し、80℃にて20時間反応させることによりアクリル重合体溶液(固形分濃度10質量%)(CIN6)を得た。得られたアクリル共重合体のMnは20,000、Mwは55,000であった。
<Polymerization example 4>
CIN4 4.0g, Styrene 4.0g, HEMA 2.0g, AIBN 0.1g as a polymerization catalyst was dissolved in PM 90.9g and reacted at 80 ° C for 20 hours to give an acrylic polymer solution (solid content concentration 10 mass) %) (CIN6). Mn of the obtained acrylic copolymer was 20,000 and Mw was 55,000.
化合物[D-5]の合成
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
窒素気流下中、2Lの四つ口フラスコに酢酸エチル500g、1,6-ヘキサンジオール35.5g(0.300mol)、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン(DBU)1.80g(11.8mmol)、2,6-ジ-ターシャリーブチル-パラ-クレゾール(BHT)0.45g(2.04mmol)を室温にて仕込み、マグネチックスターラー攪拌下にて55℃まで昇温した。反応液へ、2-イソシアナトエチルアクリレート95.9g(0.679mol)を滴下し、2時間攪拌した後に反応液を高速液体クロマトフラフィーにて分析し、中間体が面積百分率で1%以下となったところで反応を完了させた。ヘキサンを328g加え、室温まで冷却させた後、析出した固体をヘキサン229gで2回洗浄し、乾燥させて化合物[A-a]を得た(104g、0.260mol、収率86.7%)。
Synthesis of Compound [D-5]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Under a nitrogen stream, 500 g of ethyl acetate, 35.5 g (0.300 mol) of 1,6-hexanediol, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] -7-undecene (DBU) were added to a 2 L four-necked flask. 1.80 g (11.8 mmol) and 2,5-ditertiarybutyl-para-cresol (BHT) 0.45 g (2.04 mmol) were charged at room temperature, and the temperature was raised to 55 ° C. while stirring with a magnetic stirrer. Warm up. To the reaction solution, 95.9 g (0.679 mol) of 2-isocyanatoethyl acrylate was added dropwise, and after stirring for 2 hours, the reaction solution was analyzed by high performance liquid chromatography. The intermediate was 1% or less in terms of area percentage. The reaction was complete as soon as possible. After adding 328 g of hexane and cooling to room temperature, the precipitated solid was washed twice with 229 g of hexane and dried to obtain compound [Aa] (104 g, 0.260 mol, yield 86.7%). .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
窒素気流下中、2Lの四つ口フラスコにジクロロメタン1330g、化合物[A-a]100g(0.250mol)、パラホルムアルデヒド22.5g(0.749mol)を仕込み、氷浴中、トリメチルシリルクロリド122g(1.12mol)を滴下した。2時間攪拌後、トリエチルアミン63.2g(0.625mol)とメタノール240gの混合液を滴下した。30分攪拌後、5Lの分液ロートに移し、水1500gを加えて分液操作を行った。得られた有機層を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥し、硫酸マグネシウムをろ過により除去して得られたろ液を濃縮、乾燥させて化合物[D-5]を得た(110g、0.226mol、収率90.3%)。化合物[D-5]の構造は、H-NMR分析により以下のスペクトルデータを得て確認した。
 H-NMR(CDCl):δ6.42(d,2H J=17.2),6.17-6.08(m,2H),5.86(d,2H J=10.0),4.77(d,4H J=19.6),4.30(m,4H),4.12(t,4H J=6.4),3.61(m,4H),3.30(d,6H J=12.8),1.67(m,4H),1.40(m,4H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Under a nitrogen stream, 13L of dichloromethane, 100 g (0.250 mol) of compound [Aa] and 22.5 g (0.749 mol) of paraformaldehyde were charged in a 2 L four-necked flask, and 122 g (1) of trimethylsilyl chloride in an ice bath. .12 mol) was added dropwise. After stirring for 2 hours, a mixed solution of 63.2 g (0.625 mol) of triethylamine and 240 g of methanol was added dropwise. After stirring for 30 minutes, the mixture was transferred to a 5 L separatory funnel, and 1500 g of water was added to carry out a separation operation. The obtained organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, and the filtrate obtained by removing magnesium sulfate by filtration was concentrated and dried to obtain compound [D-5] (110 g, 0.226 mol, yield 90.). 3%). The structure of the compound [D-5] was confirmed by obtaining the following spectral data by 1 H-NMR analysis.
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 ): δ 6.42 (d, 2H J = 17.2), 6.17-6.08 (m, 2H), 5.86 (d, 2H J = 10.0), 4.77 (d, 4H J = 19.6), 4.30 (m, 4H), 4.12 (t, 4H J = 6.4), 3.61 (m, 4H), 3.30 ( d, 6H J = 12.8), 1.67 (m, 4H), 1.40 (m, 4H).
化合物[D-6]の合成
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 窒素気流下中、500mLの四つ口フラスコに酢酸エチル35.0g、トルエン87.0g、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート8.41g(50.0mmol)、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン(DBU)0.345g(2.27mmol)、2,6-ジ-ターシャリーブチル-パラ-クレゾール(BHT)70.0mg(0.318mmol)を室温にて仕込み、マグネチックスターラー攪拌下にて60℃まで昇温した。反応液へ、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート12.8g(111mmol)とトルエン26.0gの混合液を滴下し、1時間攪拌した後、室温で24時間攪拌した。131gのヘキサンを加え氷浴に漬けて冷却させた後、析出した結晶をろ過、乾燥させて化合物[A-b]を得た(15.0g、37.4mmol、収率74.8%)。
Synthesis of Compound [D-6]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
In a 500 mL four-necked flask under a nitrogen stream, 35.0 g of ethyl acetate, 87.0 g of toluene, 8.41 g (50.0 mmol) of hexamethylene diisocyanate, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] -7- Undecene (DBU) 0.345 g (2.27 mmol) and 2,6-ditertiarybutyl-para-cresol (BHT) 70.0 mg (0.318 mmol) were charged at room temperature and stirred with a magnetic stirrer. The temperature was raised to 60 ° C. A mixture of 12.8 g (111 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate and 26.0 g of toluene was added dropwise to the reaction solution, stirred for 1 hour, and then stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. 131 g of hexane was added, and the mixture was immersed in an ice bath and allowed to cool. Then, the precipitated crystals were filtered and dried to obtain Compound [Ab] (15.0 g, 37.4 mmol, yield 74.8%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 窒素気流下中、300mLの四つ口フラスコにジクロロメタン200g、化合物[A-b]14.6g(36.4mmol)、パラホルムアルデヒド3.28g(0.109mmol)を仕込み、氷浴中、トリメチルシリルクロリド23.7g(0.218mmol)を滴下した。1時間攪拌後、メタノール35.6gを滴下し1時間攪拌した。飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液300mLで有機層を洗浄し、得られた水層はジクロロメタン200gでさらに洗浄した。この2種の有機層を混合した溶液をさらにブライン170gで洗浄し、得られた有機層を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥させた。硫酸マグネシウムをろ過により除去し、得られたジクロロメタン溶液を濃縮、乾燥させて目的の[D-6]を得た(16.2g、33.1mmol、収率91.0%)。
化合物[D-6]の構造は、H-NMR分析により以下のスペクトルデータを得て確認した。
 H-NMR(CDCl):δ6.33(d,2H J=17.2),6.20-6.14(m,2H),5.96(d,2H J=10.4),4.63(s,4H),4.33(m,4H),4.27(m,4H),3.16-3.14(br,10H),1.47(m,4H),1.20(m,4H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Under a nitrogen stream, a 300 mL four-necked flask was charged with 200 g of dichloromethane, 14.6 g (36.4 mmol) of the compound [Ab] and 3.28 g (0.109 mmol) of paraformaldehyde, and trimethylsilyl chloride 23 in an ice bath. 0.7 g (0.218 mmol) was added dropwise. After stirring for 1 hour, 35.6 g of methanol was added dropwise and stirred for 1 hour. The organic layer was washed with 300 mL of a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, and the resulting aqueous layer was further washed with 200 g of dichloromethane. The mixed solution of the two organic layers was further washed with 170 g of brine, and the obtained organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate. Magnesium sulfate was removed by filtration, and the resulting dichloromethane solution was concentrated and dried to obtain the desired [D-6] (16.2 g, 33.1 mmol, yield 91.0%).
The structure of the compound [D-6] was confirmed by obtaining the following spectral data by 1 H-NMR analysis.
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 ): δ 6.33 (d, 2H J = 17.2), 6.20-6.14 (m, 2H), 5.96 (d, 2H J = 10.4), 4.63 (s, 4H), 4.33 (m, 4H), 4.27 (m, 4H), 3.16-3.14 (br, 10H), 1.47 (m, 4H), 1 .20 (m, 4H).
<基材フィルムの作成>
 基材として用いるアクリルフィルムは、例えば以下の方法で作成することができる。即ち、メチルメタクリレートを主成分とした共重合体等からなる原料ペレットを250℃にて押出機で溶融、T-ダイに通過させ、キャスティングロールおよび乾燥ロールなどを経て厚さ40μmのアクリルフィルムを作成することができる。TACフィルムも同様に作成できる。
<Creation of base film>
The acrylic film used as the substrate can be prepared, for example, by the following method. That is, raw material pellets made of a copolymer containing methyl methacrylate as a main component are melted by an extruder at 250 ° C., passed through a T-die, and an acrylic film having a thickness of 40 μm is formed through a casting roll and a drying roll. can do. A TAC film can be similarly produced.
<実施例1乃至18、比較例1乃至2>
 表1に示す組成にて実施例及び比較例の各硬化膜形成組成物を調製し、それぞれについて、配向性、パターン形成性、密着性の評価を行った。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
<Examples 1 to 18 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2>
Each cured film formation composition of an Example and a comparative example was prepared with the composition shown in Table 1, and orientation, pattern formation property, and adhesiveness were evaluated about each.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
[配向性の評価]
  実施例および比較例の各硬化膜形成組成物をフィルム上にバーコータを用いて塗布した後、温度110℃で2分間、熱循環式オーブン中で加熱乾燥を行い、硬化膜を形成した。この各硬化膜に313nmの直線偏光を10mJ/cm露光量で垂直に照射し、配向材を形成した。基板上の配向材の上に、水平配向用重合性液晶溶液を、バーコータを用いて塗布し、次いで、70℃で60秒間ホットプレート上においてプリベークを行い、膜厚1.0μmの塗膜を形成した。この基板上の塗膜を300mJ/cmで露光し、位相差材を作製した。作製した基板上の位相差材を一対の偏光板で挟み込み、位相差材における位相差特性の発現状況を観察し、位相差が欠陥なく発現しているものを○、位相差が発現していないものを×として表2の「配向性」の欄に記載した。
[Evaluation of orientation]
Each of the cured film forming compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples was applied onto a film using a bar coater, and then heated and dried in a heat circulation oven at a temperature of 110 ° C. for 2 minutes to form a cured film. Each cured film was irradiated vertically with 313 nm linearly polarized light at an exposure amount of 10 mJ / cm 2 to form an alignment material. On the alignment material on the substrate, a polymerizable liquid crystal solution for horizontal alignment is applied using a bar coater, and then pre-baked on a hot plate at 70 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a coating film having a thickness of 1.0 μm. did. The coating film on this substrate was exposed at 300 mJ / cm 2 to produce a retardation material. The phase difference material on the prepared substrate is sandwiched between a pair of polarizing plates, the state of the phase difference characteristic in the phase difference material is observed, ○ if the phase difference is expressed without defects, and no phase difference is expressed This was described as x in the column of “Orientation” in Table 2.
[パターン形成性の評価]
 実施例および比較例の各硬化膜形成組成物をアクリルフィルム又はTACフィルム上にバーコータを用いて塗布した後、温度110℃で2分間、熱循環式オーブン中で加熱乾燥を行い、硬化膜を形成した。この硬化膜に350μmのラインアンドスペースマスクを介し313nmの直線偏光を20mJ/cm垂直に照射した。次に、マスクを取り外し、基板を90度回転させた後、313nmの直線偏光を10mJ/cm垂直に照射し、液晶の配向制御方向が90度異なる2種類の液晶配向領域が形成された配向材を得た。基板上の配向材の上に、水平配向用重合性液晶溶液を、バーコータを用いて塗布し、次いで、70℃で60秒間ホットプレート上においてプリベークを行い、膜厚1.0μmの塗膜を形成した。この基板上の塗膜を300mJ/cmで露光し、異なる位相差特性を有する2種類の領域が規則的に配列されたパターン化位相差材を作製した。作製した基板上のパターン化位相差材を、偏光顕微鏡を用いて観察し、配向欠陥なく位相差パターンが形成されているものを○、配向欠陥が見られるものを×として表2の「パターン形成」の欄に記載した。
[Evaluation of pattern formability]
After each cured film forming composition of Examples and Comparative Examples was applied on an acrylic film or TAC film using a bar coater, the cured film was formed by heating and drying in a thermal circulation oven at a temperature of 110 ° C. for 2 minutes. did. This cured film was irradiated with 20 mJ / cm 2 perpendicularly with 313 nm linearly polarized light through a 350 μm line and space mask. Next, after removing the mask and rotating the substrate by 90 degrees, 313 nm linearly polarized light was irradiated vertically by 10 mJ / cm 2 , and the alignment in which two kinds of liquid crystal alignment regions differing in the liquid crystal alignment control direction by 90 degrees was formed. I got the material. On the alignment material on the substrate, a polymerizable liquid crystal solution for horizontal alignment is applied using a bar coater, and then pre-baked on a hot plate at 70 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a coating film having a thickness of 1.0 μm. did. The coating film on this substrate was exposed at 300 mJ / cm 2 to prepare a patterned retardation material in which two types of regions having different retardation characteristics were regularly arranged. The patterned retardation material on the produced substrate was observed using a polarizing microscope. “Pattern formation” in Table 2 was defined as “O” in which a phase difference pattern was formed without alignment defects and “X” in which alignment defects were observed. "In the column.
[密着性の評価]
 実施例および比較例の各硬化膜形成組成物をアクリルフィルム又はTACフィルム上にバーコータを用いて塗布した後、温度110℃で2分間、熱循環式オーブン中で加熱乾燥を行い、硬化膜を形成した。この硬化膜に350μmのラインアンドスペースマスクを介し313nmの直線偏光を20mJ/cm垂直に照射した。次に、マスクを取り外し、基板を90度回転させた後、313nmの直線偏光を10mJ/cm垂直に照射し、液晶の配向制御方向が90度異なる2種類の液晶配向領域が形成された配向材を得た。基板上の配向材の上に、水平配向用重合性液晶溶液を、バーコータを用いて塗布し、次いで、70℃で60秒間ホットプレート上においてプリベークを行い、膜厚1.0μmの塗膜を形成した。この基板上の塗膜を300mJ/cmで露光し、異なる位相差特性を有する2種類の領域が規則的に配列されたパターン化位相差材を作製した。
 このパターン化位相差材に縦横1mm間隔で5×5マスとなるようカッターナイフで切込みをつけた。この切り込みの上にスコッチテープを用いてセロハンテープ剥離試験を行った。評価結果は「初期」とし、25マス全て剥がれずに残っているものを○、1マスでも剥がれているものを×とした。評価結果は、後に表2にまとめて示す。
[Evaluation of adhesion]
After each cured film forming composition of Examples and Comparative Examples was applied on an acrylic film or TAC film using a bar coater, the cured film was formed by heating and drying in a thermal circulation oven at a temperature of 110 ° C. for 2 minutes. did. This cured film was irradiated with 20 mJ / cm 2 perpendicularly with 313 nm linearly polarized light through a 350 μm line and space mask. Next, after removing the mask and rotating the substrate by 90 degrees, 313 nm linearly polarized light was irradiated vertically by 10 mJ / cm 2 , and the alignment in which two kinds of liquid crystal alignment regions differing in the liquid crystal alignment control direction by 90 degrees was formed. I got the material. On the alignment material on the substrate, a polymerizable liquid crystal solution for horizontal alignment is applied using a bar coater, and then pre-baked on a hot plate at 70 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a coating film having a thickness of 1.0 μm. did. The coating film on this substrate was exposed at 300 mJ / cm 2 to prepare a patterned retardation material in which two types of regions having different retardation characteristics were regularly arranged.
This patterned phase difference material was cut with a cutter knife so as to be 5 × 5 squares at 1 mm vertical and horizontal intervals. A cellophane tape peeling test was performed on the cut using a scotch tape. The evaluation result was “initial”, and the case where all the 25 squares were not peeled off was marked with ○, and the case where even one square was peeled was marked with ×. The evaluation results are summarized in Table 2 later.
[耐久密着性の評価]
上述の密着性の評価と同様に方法で作製したアクリルフィルム又はTACフィルム上の位相差材を、温度80℃湿度90%に設定されたオーブンに入れ、72時間以上静置した。その後、位相差材を取り出し、上述の密着性の評価と同様の方法で、密着性を評価した。評価結果は、「耐久」として表2にまとめて示す。
[Evaluation of durability adhesion]
The retardation material on the acrylic film or TAC film produced by the method in the same manner as in the evaluation of adhesion described above was placed in an oven set at a temperature of 80 ° C. and a humidity of 90% and allowed to stand for 72 hours or more. Thereafter, the phase difference material was taken out, and the adhesion was evaluated by the same method as the above-described evaluation of adhesion. The evaluation results are collectively shown in Table 2 as “endurance”.
[評価の結果]
 以上の評価を行った結果を、上述したように、表2に示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
[Evaluation results]
The results of the above evaluation are shown in Table 2 as described above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
 実施例1乃至18の硬化膜形成組成物を用いて得られた配向材は、比較例の硬化膜形成組成物を用いて得られた配向材と同様に、良好な配向性を示した。
 また、実施例1乃至18の硬化膜形成組成物を用いて得られた配向材は、比較例の硬化膜形成組成物を用いて得られた配向材と同様に、良好なパターン形成性を示した。
 さらに実施例1乃至18の硬化膜形成組成物を用いて得られた硬化膜は、高温高湿処理しても高い密着性を維持し、優れた密着耐久性を示した。
 それに対し、比較例の硬化膜形成組成物を用いて得られた硬化膜は、高温高湿処理後、初期の密着性を維持することが困難であった。
The alignment material obtained by using the cured film forming compositions of Examples 1 to 18 showed good alignment properties, similar to the alignment material obtained by using the cured film forming composition of the comparative example.
In addition, the alignment material obtained using the cured film forming compositions of Examples 1 to 18 showed good pattern formability similarly to the alignment material obtained using the cured film forming composition of the comparative example. It was.
Furthermore, the cured films obtained using the cured film forming compositions of Examples 1 to 18 maintained high adhesion even after high temperature and high humidity treatment, and exhibited excellent adhesion durability.
On the other hand, it was difficult for the cured film obtained using the cured film forming composition of the comparative example to maintain the initial adhesion after the high temperature and high humidity treatment.
 本発明による硬化膜形成組成物は、液晶表示素子の液晶配向膜や、液晶表示素子に内部や外部に設けられる光学異方性フィルムを形成するための配向材として非常に有用であり、特に、3Dディスプレイのパターン化位相差材の形成材料として好適である。さらに、薄膜トランジスタ(TFT)型液晶表示素子や有機EL素子などの各種ディスプレイにおける保護膜、平坦化膜および絶縁膜などの硬化膜を形成する材料、特に、TFT型液晶素子の層間絶縁膜、カラーフィルタの保護膜または有機EL素子の絶縁膜などを形成する材料としても好適である。 The cured film forming composition according to the present invention is very useful as an alignment material for forming a liquid crystal alignment film of a liquid crystal display element and an optically anisotropic film provided inside or outside the liquid crystal display element, It is suitable as a material for forming a patterned retardation material for a 3D display. Further, a material for forming a cured film such as a protective film, a planarizing film and an insulating film in various displays such as a thin film transistor (TFT) type liquid crystal display element and an organic EL element, in particular, an interlayer insulating film and a color filter of the TFT type liquid crystal element It is also suitable as a material for forming a protective film or an insulating film of an organic EL element.

Claims (7)

  1.  (A)光配向性基と、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミド基、アミノ基およびアルコキシシリル基および下記式(2)で表される基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基とを有する低分子化合物並びに光配向性基と、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミド基、アミノ基およびアルコキシシリル基および下記式(2)で表される基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基とを有するポリマーから選ばれる少なくとも一種、
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (式中、R62はアルキル基、アルコキシ基又はフェニル基を表す。)
     (B)ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アミド基、アミノ基、アルコキシシリル基および上記式(2)で表される基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも一つの置換基を有するポリマー、
     (C)架橋剤、並びに、
     (D)1分子中にC=C二重結合を含む重合性基を少なくとも1つを有し且つN-アルコキシメチル基を少なくとも1つ有する低分子化合物
    を含有することを特徴とする硬化膜形成組成物。
    (A) a low orientation having a photo-alignment group and at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group, and a group represented by the following formula (2) Polymer having molecular compound and photo-alignment group, and at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group and a group represented by the following formula (2) At least one selected from
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (Wherein R 62 represents an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a phenyl group.)
    (B) a polymer having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an alkoxysilyl group and a group represented by the above formula (2);
    (C) a crosslinking agent, and
    (D) Formation of a cured film characterized by containing a low molecular compound having at least one polymerizable group containing a C═C double bond in one molecule and having at least one N-alkoxymethyl group Composition.
  2.  (A)成分は、光配向性基とヒドロキシ基及び/またはカルボキシル基とを有する低分子化合物並びに光配向性基とヒドロキシ基及び/またはカルボキシル基とを有するポリマーから選ばれる一種であることを特徴とする請求項1に記載の硬化膜形成組成物。 The component (A) is a kind selected from a low molecular compound having a photo-alignable group and a hydroxy group and / or carboxyl group and a polymer having a photo-alignable group and a hydroxy group and / or carboxyl group. 2. The cured film forming composition according to claim 1, wherein
  3. (D)成分が下記の式(1)で表される構造を有する化合物である請求項1または2記載の硬化膜形成組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    (式中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Rは水素原子又は直鎖又は分岐鎖の炭素原子数1乃至10のアルキル基を表す。)
    The cured film forming composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the component (D) is a compound having a structure represented by the following formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    (In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.)
  4. (D)成分が下記の式(X2)で表される構造を有する化合物である請求項1または2記載の硬化膜形成組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    [式中、R51は水素原子又はメチル基を表す。R53はそれぞれ独立に直鎖又は分岐鎖の炭素原子数2乃至20のアルキレン基、炭素原子数5乃至6の脂肪族環からなる二価の基、若しくは炭素原子数5乃至6の脂肪族環を含む二価の脂肪族基を表し、これらの基の構造中にエーテル結合を含んでいてもよい。R54は直鎖又は分岐鎖の炭素原子数2乃至20のアルキル基から水素原子をさらに1乃至8個取り去った構造からなる二価乃至九価の基、炭素原子数5乃至6の脂肪族環基から水素原子をさらに1乃至8個取り去った構造からなる二価乃至九価の基、若しくは炭素原子数5乃至6の脂肪族環を含む二価乃至九価の脂肪族基を表し、構造中にエーテル結合を含んでいてもよい。R52は直鎖又は分岐鎖の炭素原子数1乃至20のアルキル基、炭素原子数5乃至6の脂肪族環からなる一価の基、若しくは炭素原子数5乃至6の脂肪族環を含む一価の脂肪族基を表し、これらの基の一つのメチレンまたは隣り合わない複数のメチレン基がエーテル結合に置き換わっていてもよい。Zは>NCOO-、または-OCON<(ここで「-」は結合手が1つであることを示す。また、「>」「<」は結合手が2つであることを示す。N原子のいずれか一方の結合手は-CHOR52と結合している。)を表す。rは2以上9以下の自然数である。]
    The cured film forming composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the component (D) is a compound having a structure represented by the following formula (X2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    [Wherein, R 51 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 53 is independently a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a divalent group consisting of an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms, or an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms. It represents a divalent aliphatic group containing, and an ether bond may be included in the structure of these groups. R 54 is a divalent to nonvalent radical having a structure in which 1 to 8 hydrogen atoms are further removed from a linear or branched alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms. Represents a divalent to a non-valent radical having a structure in which 1 to 8 hydrogen atoms are further removed from the group, or a divalent to a non-valent radical containing a C 5 to C 6 aliphatic ring, May contain an ether bond. R 52 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a monovalent group consisting of an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms, or an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms. Represents a divalent aliphatic group, and one methylene group or a plurality of non-adjacent methylene groups in these groups may be replaced by an ether bond. Z is> NCOO-, or -OCON <(where "-" indicates that there is one bond, and ">" and "<" indicate that there are two bonds. N atom Any one of the bonds represents a bond with —CH 2 OR 52 ). r is a natural number of 2 or more and 9 or less. ]
  5.  (E)架橋触媒を含有することを特徴とする請求項1乃至4に記載の硬化膜形成組成物。 (E) The cured film forming composition according to claim 1, further comprising a crosslinking catalyst.
  6.  請求項1乃至5のいずれか1項に記載の硬化膜形成組成物を用いて得られることを特徴とする配向材。 An alignment material obtained by using the cured film-forming composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
  7.  請求項1乃至5のいずれか1項に記載の硬化膜形成組成物から得られる硬化膜を有することを特徴とする位相差材。 A retardation material comprising a cured film obtained from the cured film-forming composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
PCT/JP2014/077546 2013-10-17 2014-10-16 Composition for forming cured film, alignment material, and retardation material WO2015056741A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201480056944.9A CN105659120B (en) 2013-10-17 2014-10-16 Cured film, which is formed, uses composition, oriented material and phase difference material
KR1020167009844A KR102333902B1 (en) 2013-10-17 2014-10-16 Composition for forming cured film, alignment material, and retardation material
KR1020217012260A KR20210049950A (en) 2013-10-17 2014-10-16 Composition for forming cured film, alignment material, and retardation material
JP2015542656A JP6429030B2 (en) 2013-10-17 2014-10-16 Cured film forming composition, alignment material and retardation material

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013216571 2013-10-17
JP2013-216571 2013-10-17
JP2014-061914 2014-03-25
JP2014061914 2014-03-25
JP2014-140802 2014-07-08
JP2014140802 2014-07-08

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015056741A1 true WO2015056741A1 (en) 2015-04-23

Family

ID=52828182

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2014/077546 WO2015056741A1 (en) 2013-10-17 2014-10-16 Composition for forming cured film, alignment material, and retardation material

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6429030B2 (en)
KR (2) KR102333902B1 (en)
TW (1) TWI650356B (en)
WO (1) WO2015056741A1 (en)

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015146905A1 (en) * 2014-03-25 2015-10-01 日産化学工業株式会社 Compound having polymerizable group and crosslinkable group and method for producing same
WO2016031917A1 (en) * 2014-08-28 2016-03-03 日産化学工業株式会社 Composition for forming cured film, alignment material, and retardation material
JP2016224151A (en) * 2015-05-28 2016-12-28 日産化学工業株式会社 Aqueous solvent-based liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and phase difference material
WO2017155023A1 (en) * 2016-03-09 2017-09-14 シャープ株式会社 Composition, liquid crystal panel, liquid crystal display device and electronic device
CN107615148A (en) * 2015-06-02 2018-01-19 日产化学工业株式会社 Light orientation aligning agent for liquid crystal, oriented material and phase difference material
WO2018174102A1 (en) * 2017-03-23 2018-09-27 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable composition for sheets, cured product and method for producing same, sheet for three-dimensional shaping, optical member, lenticular sheet and three-dimensional structure
WO2018181364A1 (en) * 2017-03-27 2018-10-04 日産化学株式会社 Cured film–forming composition, alignment material, and phase difference material
WO2019189189A1 (en) * 2018-03-27 2019-10-03 日産化学株式会社 Cured film-forming composition, alignment material, and phase difference material
CN110366698A (en) * 2016-12-28 2019-10-22 日产化学株式会社 Aligning agent for liquid crystal, liquid crystal orientation film and liquid crystal indicate element
WO2020013189A1 (en) * 2018-07-10 2020-01-16 日産化学株式会社 Cured film, alignment material, and retardation material
WO2020241642A1 (en) * 2019-05-27 2020-12-03 日産化学株式会社 Cured film formation composition, alignment member, and retardation member

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011227484A (en) * 2010-03-31 2011-11-10 Dic Corp Perpendicular alignment layer composition
JP2012058511A (en) * 2010-09-09 2012-03-22 Dic Corp Optical anisotropic body
JP2012078421A (en) * 2010-09-30 2012-04-19 Dic Corp Optical anisotropic material

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS611342A (en) 1984-06-14 1986-01-07 Noboru Yamada Smoking process
JP3767962B2 (en) 1997-02-19 2006-04-19 シャープ株式会社 Video display system
WO1999015576A1 (en) 1997-09-25 1999-04-01 Rolic Ag Photocrosslinkable polyimides
JP2005049865A (en) 2003-07-17 2005-02-24 Arisawa Mfg Co Ltd Manufacturing method of optical phase difference element
JP5316740B2 (en) 2007-08-30 2013-10-16 Jsr株式会社 Method for forming liquid crystal alignment film
WO2011010635A1 (en) * 2009-07-21 2011-01-27 日産化学工業株式会社 Composition forming heat cured film having photo alignment property
WO2011122598A1 (en) * 2010-03-29 2011-10-06 Dic株式会社 Polymer for use in a liquid-crystal alignment layer
WO2011126022A1 (en) * 2010-04-08 2011-10-13 日産化学工業株式会社 Composition forming heat-cured film having photo-alignment properties

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011227484A (en) * 2010-03-31 2011-11-10 Dic Corp Perpendicular alignment layer composition
JP2012058511A (en) * 2010-09-09 2012-03-22 Dic Corp Optical anisotropic body
JP2012078421A (en) * 2010-09-30 2012-04-19 Dic Corp Optical anisotropic material

Cited By (25)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9862677B2 (en) 2014-03-25 2018-01-09 Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. Compound having polymerizable group and crosslinkable group and method for producing the same
US20170107176A1 (en) * 2014-03-25 2017-04-20 Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. Compound having polymerizable group and crosslinkable group and method for producing the same
WO2015146905A1 (en) * 2014-03-25 2015-10-01 日産化学工業株式会社 Compound having polymerizable group and crosslinkable group and method for producing same
WO2016031917A1 (en) * 2014-08-28 2016-03-03 日産化学工業株式会社 Composition for forming cured film, alignment material, and retardation material
JP2016224151A (en) * 2015-05-28 2016-12-28 日産化学工業株式会社 Aqueous solvent-based liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and phase difference material
CN107615148B (en) * 2015-06-02 2021-05-25 日产化学工业株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent for photo-alignment, alignment material and phase difference material
EP3299879A4 (en) * 2015-06-02 2018-04-25 Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. Liquid crystal aligning agent for photo-alignment, aligning material and retardation material
CN107615148A (en) * 2015-06-02 2018-01-19 日产化学工业株式会社 Light orientation aligning agent for liquid crystal, oriented material and phase difference material
WO2017155023A1 (en) * 2016-03-09 2017-09-14 シャープ株式会社 Composition, liquid crystal panel, liquid crystal display device and electronic device
CN110366698A (en) * 2016-12-28 2019-10-22 日产化学株式会社 Aligning agent for liquid crystal, liquid crystal orientation film and liquid crystal indicate element
JPWO2018174102A1 (en) * 2017-03-23 2019-11-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable composition for sheet, cured product and production method thereof, three-dimensional molding sheet, optical member, lenticular sheet, and three-dimensional structure
WO2018174102A1 (en) * 2017-03-23 2018-09-27 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable composition for sheets, cured product and method for producing same, sheet for three-dimensional shaping, optical member, lenticular sheet and three-dimensional structure
JPWO2018181364A1 (en) * 2017-03-27 2020-02-06 日産化学株式会社 Cured film forming composition, alignment material and retardation material
WO2018181364A1 (en) * 2017-03-27 2018-10-04 日産化学株式会社 Cured film–forming composition, alignment material, and phase difference material
JP7260853B2 (en) 2017-03-27 2023-04-19 日産化学株式会社 Cured film-forming composition, alignment material and retardation material
WO2019189189A1 (en) * 2018-03-27 2019-10-03 日産化学株式会社 Cured film-forming composition, alignment material, and phase difference material
CN112041713A (en) * 2018-03-27 2020-12-04 日产化学株式会社 Composition for forming cured film, alignment material, and phase difference material
JPWO2019189189A1 (en) * 2018-03-27 2021-04-01 日産化学株式会社 Hardened film forming composition, alignment material and retardation material
JP7492196B2 (en) 2018-03-27 2024-05-29 日産化学株式会社 Cured film-forming composition, alignment material and retardation material
WO2020013189A1 (en) * 2018-07-10 2020-01-16 日産化学株式会社 Cured film, alignment material, and retardation material
JPWO2020013189A1 (en) * 2018-07-10 2021-08-05 日産化学株式会社 Hardened film, alignment material and retardation material
JP7401855B2 (en) 2018-07-10 2023-12-20 日産化学株式会社 Cured film, alignment material and retardation material
WO2020241642A1 (en) * 2019-05-27 2020-12-03 日産化学株式会社 Cured film formation composition, alignment member, and retardation member
CN113874470A (en) * 2019-05-27 2021-12-31 日产化学株式会社 Composition for forming cured film, alignment member, and phase difference member
JP7569016B2 (en) 2019-05-27 2024-10-17 日産化学株式会社 Cured film-forming composition, alignment material and retardation material

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201529669A (en) 2015-08-01
JP6429030B2 (en) 2018-11-28
KR102333902B1 (en) 2021-12-02
KR20160075515A (en) 2016-06-29
KR20210049950A (en) 2021-05-06
JPWO2015056741A1 (en) 2017-03-09
TWI650356B (en) 2019-02-11
CN105659120A (en) 2016-06-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7381420B2 (en) Resin composition for forming retardation material, alignment material and retardation material
JP6429030B2 (en) Cured film forming composition, alignment material and retardation material
JP6734563B2 (en) Cured film forming composition, aligning material and retardation material
JP6823295B2 (en) Polymers containing repeating units with N-alkoxymethyl groups and repeating units with side chains containing polymerizable C = C double bonds
JP6274442B2 (en) Cured film forming composition, alignment material and retardation material
WO2013191251A1 (en) Cured film-forming composition, oriented material, and phase difference material
KR20170126931A (en) A cured film-forming composition, an alignment material and a retardation material
JP6700609B2 (en) Cured film forming composition, aligning material and retardation material
TWI697527B (en) Cured film forming composition, alignment material and retardation material
JP6706010B2 (en) Cured film forming composition, aligning material and retardation material
WO2016129642A1 (en) Cured-film-forming composition, alignment material, and phase difference material

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14853280

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015542656

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20167009844

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14853280

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1